Quarterlytics / Beverages - Wineries & Distilleries / Treasury Wine Estates

Treasury Wine Estates

twe · ASX
Claim this profile
Ticker twe
Exchange ASX
Sector
Industry Beverages - Wineries & Distilleries
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Treasury Wine Estates
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
15 August 2023 

ASX ANNOUNCEMENT  

2023 Annual Report 

Treasury Wine Estates Ltd (ASX: TWE)  is pleased to present its Annual Report for the year 
ended  30  June  2023,  which  includes  the  Company’s  full  year  financial  statements  and 
Appendix 4E. 

For  the  purposes  of  ASX  Listing  Rule  15.5,  TWE  confirms  that  this  document  has  been 
authorised for release to the market by the Board. 

Contacts / Further information: 

Investors 
Bijan Taghian   
Tel: +61 3 8533 3568  
Mob: +61 433 173 664 

Media 
Mel Ward 
Tel: +61 3 8533 3915 
Mob: +61 437 959 228 

T R E A S U R Y   W I N E   E S T A T E S   L I M I T E D  
A B N   2 4   0 0 4   3 7 3   8 6 2  
L E V E L   8 ,   1 6 1   C O L L I N S   S T R E E T  
M E L B O U R N E   V I C   3 0 0 0   A U S T R A L I A  
W W W . T W E G L O B A L . C O M  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2023

Appendix 4E

Final Report in respect  
to Treasury Wine Estates Limited 

For the year ended 30 June 2023

ABN 24 004 373 862

1. Results for announcement to the market

Key information

Revenue from ordinary activities

Profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited

Net profit after tax before material items and SGARA

Earnings before interest, tax, SGARA and material items

Year ended
30 June 2023
$M

Year ended
30 June 2022
$M

% Change  
increase/
(decrease)

Amount increase/
(decrease)
 $M

2,488.3

2,531.8

254.5

376.1

583.5

263.2

322.6

523.7

(1.7)%

(3.3)%

16.6%

11.4%

(43.5)

(8.7)

53.5

59.8

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share, adjusted to exclude SGARA, material items

Dividends (distributions) 

Final dividend – year ended 30 June 2023 (determined subsequent to balance date)

1

Interim dividend – half year ended 31 December 2022

Final dividend – year ended 30 June 2022

Year ended
30 June 2023
Cents per share

Year ended
30 June 2022
Cents per share

35.3

52.1

36.5

44.7

Cents per share

Franking %

17.0 cents

18.0 cents

16.0 cents

100%

100%

100%

1.     The record date for determining an entitlement to receipt of the final dividend is 1 September 2023 and the Company expects to pay the dividend on 3 October 2023. The Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan will be 
in operation for the final dividend. The last date for receipt of election notices for participation in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan is 4 September 2023 at 5pm (AEST).

2. Final financial statements

Please refer to pages 80 through 132 of this report wherein the following are provided: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended 30 June 2023; 

Consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2023; 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 30 June 2023; 

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 30 June 2023; 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements; and 

•  

Directors’ declaration.

1

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2023

Appendix 4E

Final Report in respect  
to Treasury Wine Estates Limited 

For the year ended 30 June 2023

ABN 24 004 373 862

3. Net tangible asset backing

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share 

4. Associates and Joint Ventures 

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 

Investments accounted for using the equity method  

Year ended
30 June 2023
$

Year ended
30 June 2022
$

3.40

3.31

Year ended
30 June 2023
$M

Year ended
30 June 2022
$M

-

-

Investments in associates and joint venture partnerships are accounted for in the consolidated financial

statements using the equity method of accounting. 

5. Annual General Meeting 

The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held on 16 October 2023. 

6. Further information

Additional Appendix 4E disclosure requirements can be found in the notes to the year-end financial report and the ASX announcement lodged 

with this document.

Further information can be obtained from:

Media:

Mel Ward

Tel: +61 3 8533 3915

Mob: +61 437 959 228 

Investors:

Bijan Taghian

Tel: +61 3 8533 3568

Mob: +61 433 173 664

2

Annual 
Report
2023

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

We’re striving to be the world’s  
most admired premium wine  
company, and we’re boldly leading  
change in the world of wine

Contents

About Treasury Wine Estates

At a glance

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer’s report

Operating and Financial Review

Profit report

Sustainability

Inclusion, equity and diversity

Board of Directors

Corporate governance

Code of Conduct reporting

Directors’ report

Auditor’s independence declaration

F23 remuneration report

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of financial position

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Directors’ declaration

Independent auditor’s report

Details of shareholders, shareholdings, and top 20 shareholders

Shareholder Information

4

8

9

12

24

40

42

46 

48

53

54

57

58

80

81

82

83

84

132

133

140

141

Important information
This report is in summary form and is not necessarily complete. It should be read 
together with the Company’s other announcements lodged with the Australian 
Securities Exchange, which are available at asx.com.au.

This report contains information that is based on projected and/or estimated 
expectations, assumptions or outcomes. Forward-looking statements can generally 
be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as, ‘expect’, ‘anticipate’, 
‘likely’, ‘intend’, ‘could’, ‘may’, ‘predict’, ‘plan’, ‘propose’, ‘will’, ‘believe’, ‘forecast’, 
‘estimate’, ‘target’, ‘outlook’, ‘guidance’, ‘goal’, ‘ambition’ and other  
similar expressions. 

Forward-looking statements are subject to a range of risk factors. The Company 
cautions against reliance on any forward-looking statements, particularly in light 
of the current economic climate and potential impacts on consumer demand, 
the impact of continued high inflation on business outcomes, global difficulties in 
logistics and supply chains, exchange rate impacts given the global nature of our 
business, vintage variations and the evolving nature of global geopolitical dynamics. 

At the date of this report, the Company believes that there are reasonable grounds 
for these forward-looking statements.  While the Company has prepared this 

information with due care based on its current knowledge and understanding and 
in good faith, there are risks, uncertainties and other factors beyond the Company’s 
control which could cause results to differ from projections. The Company will not 
be liable for the correctness and/or accuracy of the information, nor any differences 
between the information provided and actual outcomes, and reserves the right to 
change its projections from time to time.  The Company undertakes no obligation to 
update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the 
date of this report, subject to disclosure obligations under the applicable law and 
ASX listing rules. 

Certain market and industry data used in this report has been obtained from 
research, surveys or studies conducted by third parties, including industry or general 
publications. Neither TWE nor its representatives or advisers have independently 
verified any market or industry data provided by third parties or industry or  
general publications.

References to ‘TWE’, ‘Company’, ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ are to Treasury Wine 
Estates Limited and/or, except where the context otherwise requires, its subsidiaries. 
All currency referred to in the report is in Australian dollars, unless otherwise stated.

3

About Treasury Wine Estates

70+

Countries

Consumers in more than 70 countries 
enjoy our iconic wines, available in 
major retailers, premium wine outlets, 
restaurants, bars, and online channels. 

2,500

Team members

4

Our world-class team has a presence 
across Australia, New Zealand, Asia, the 
Americas, the United Kingdom, Europe, 
the Middle East, and Africa.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Brand portfolio 
divisions

3 

Penfolds, Treasury Premium Brands,  
and Treasury Americas are supported by  
centralised business services, supply,  
and corporate functions. 

10,100

Hectares

Our global multi-regional sourcing model 
is at the heart of our business. It includes 
vineyards and production assets in some 
of the world’s best wine regions.

5

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Tatachilla, McLaren Vale, South Australia.  
Photo by Darrel Sim, Vineyard Operator.

6

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 20237

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023At a glance

1 

•  F23 EBITS2 increased 11.4% to $583.5 million; EBITS margin up 2.9  

percentage points to 24.1% 

•  EPS (before material items and SGARA) up 16.6% to 52.1 cents per share 

•  Return on Capital Employed increased 0.6ppts to 11.3% 

•  Final dividend of 17 cents per share (fully franked); bringing F23 

 annual dividend to 35 cents per share, an increase of 12.9% on the prior period 

•  Full-year cash conversion of 60.6%

EBITS

EPS (Before material items and SGARA)

(Earnings before interest, tax, material items and SGARA)

(Earnings per share) (cents)

(A$ million)

.

7
4
6
6

.

6
2
1
5

.

3
0
1
5

.

7
3
2
5

.

5
3
8
5

11.4%F23 INCREASE

.

2
7
5

1
.
2
5

7
.
1
4

.

9
2
4

.

7
4
4

16.6%F23 INCREASE

F19  F20  F21

F22 F23

F19  F20  F21

F22 F23

ROCE

(Return on Capital Employed)(%)

%
6
3
1

.

%
8
0
1

.

%
7
0
1

.

%
2
0
1

.

%
3
.
1
1

0.6PPTS

F23 INCREASE

Market capitalisation

(A$ million)

14.92

9
2
7
0
1

,

10.48

11.68

11.35 11.23

3
7
3
8

,

3
9
1
,
8

6
0
1
,
8

4
5
5
7

,

1%F23 DECREASE

F19  F20  F21

F22 F23

F19  F20  F21

F22 F23

Share pice
($ at 30 June)

Barossa Valley, South Australia. 
Photo by David Dahlenburg, Maintenance Scheduler. 

8

1.   Unless otherwise stated, all figures and percentage movements are stated on a reported currency     
     basis and are subject to rounding. 
2.   Earnings before interest, tax, SGARA and material items

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer’s report

This year marked the halfway point of 
our five-year strategy, TWE2025. While 
the external environment continued to 
present challenges in some markets, 
the fundamentals of our strategy 
remain sound, with strong demand 
in the luxury wine segment driving 
progress towards our ambition of being 
the world’s most admired premium 
wine company.  

wine certification through re-corking clinics to Penfolds House events 

around the world that bring together the best of wine, music, and 

design. Underpinning the brand’s appeal in established and emerging 

markets is the focus on quality; the renowned Penfolds House Style.  

A new tier in the Penfolds range – ‘One by Penfolds’ – was launched 

in September 2022 as a dynamic way of engaging the ‘new luxurian’ 

consumer with wines from the US, France, and for the first time - China. 

One by Penfolds leverages the brand as a hallmark for heritage, and 

realises our long-held ambition to make wine in China. The China 

red blend, featuring grapes from the Ningxia region of China, is now 

available alongside the US and French wines after the Hong Kong 

launch in early F24. 

Enhancing production capacity to satisfy growing global demand for 

Penfolds informed our acquisition of a majority stake in the historic 

Château Lanessan in Bordeaux, France, which completed in F23. The 

acquisition has doubled the production capacity for French-sourced 

Penfolds, and we have been collaborating closely with the Château’s 

winemakers and the Bouteiller family, which retains a minority stake. 

Plans are underway for the transformation of the historic site, founded 

in the late 18th century, into a cohesive blend of Penfolds storied 

history of almost 180 years and the brand’s future focus in Europe, in 

the heart of France’s premier winemaking region. 

With the increasing consumer interest in lighter red wines, we also 

completed the acquisition of Beenak Vineyard in Victoria’s Yarra 

Valley, which has significant plantings of cool-climate varieties 

including Pinot Noir and Chardonnay. We also made the difficult 

decision to close the Karadoc commercial winery in Victoria, Australia, 

in F24. Wines made at the Karadoc site will continue to be produced 

locally through third party partnerships, allowing us to continue to 

focus our capital  investment into premium and luxury winemaking.  

This year, Treasury Premium Brands has grown demand across 

Asia, in particular south-east Asia, with priority brands Pepperjack, 

Squealing Pig, 19 Crimes, and Rawson’s Retreat strengthening 

consumer engagement. Wynns has also continued to make inroads 

into established European markets with the Wynns John Riddoch 

Cabernet Sauvignon listing for the third year at famed Bordeaux 

wine retailer La Place de Bordeaux, joining Penfolds alongside the 

world’s finest wines. Squealing Pig’s colourful and inclusive consumer 

engagement approach was in full flight for the second year of the 

brand’s partnership with Sydney Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras, which 

this year included the 17-day Sydney WorldPride event. 

Dear shareholders, 

We are pleased to present the 2023 Annual Report for Treasury Wine 

Estates Limited. 

This has been a year of continued profit and EBITS margin growth 

despite difficult global economic and geo-political circumstances. 

While the challenging environment has continued the trend of recent 

years, our clear strategy, diversified business model and disciplined 

execution has seen our iconic brands continue to grow in key markets 

in Asia (excluding Mainland China), the Americas, Australia, Europe, 

and further afield. 

Guided by our TWE2025 strategy while being agile and proactive 

in responding to shifts in the external environment, we continue 

to leverage the opportunities before us. Our activity this year has 

focused on investment behind our priority brands and innovation 

agenda, expanding our multi-country of origin portfolios, optimising 

our global asset footprint, and making organisational change that 

allows us to improve our efficiency. The re-allocation of investment  

to where it will best support growth in the current and future 

commercial environment has, and will continue to, deliver cost  

and structural benefits.

With our brand portfolio operating model now firmly in place, we’ve 

seen a clear focus on execution from each division: Penfolds, Treasury 

Premium Brands, and Treasury Americas. The premiumisation trend 

has continued across all our markets, informing our approach to 

attracting new consumers into the category and expanding the 

occasions that our portfolio satisfies for existing ones. 

Penfolds has cemented its position as a global luxury icon, continuing 

the tradition of engaging wine lovers and new consumers in 

innovative ways: from premium after-sales experiences including 

Treasury Americas has continued to lay the platform for growth in 

in the premium and luxury segment, with Frank Family Vineyards 

and its portfolio of luxury wines now firmly part of the broader 

9

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer’s report (continued)

Treasury Americas family. Shifts in consumer preferences such as 

in addition to constrained luxury portfolio availability from the 

the decreasing demand in the commercial segment have played 

lower yielding 2020 Californian vintage. Improved portfolio mix, 

out particularly acutely in the US as the world’s largest wine market. 

successful implementation of price increases on key brands and 

Recent investment in 19 Crimes as a global growth brand has started 

improved COGS and CODB supported EBITS margin growth.  

to bear fruit: the brand’s ambassadors in Snoop Dogg and Martha 

On a constant currency basis, NSR declined 18.4% and EBITS 

Stewart continue to recruit a new demographic into the wine category, 

declined 0.3%.  

with 36% of consumers buying 19 Crimes Cali Red and Cali Rosé  

being new to drinking wine.  

•  Treasury Premium Brands reported a 5.4% decline in EBITS to  

$81.7 million and an EBITS margin of 10.4%, in line with F22. 

With changes to our operations underway and our diversification 

Reduced NSR for the commercial portfolio in the UK and Australia, 

across sourcing regions, markets and brands well entrenched, we’re 

in addition to unfavourable foreign exchange movements, were 

poised to take advantage of luxury and premium category growth 

partly offset by 7.8% NSR growth in priority premium brands 

over the long term. 

including 19 Crimes, Squealing Pig and Pepperjack, as well as 

improved COGS and CODB. The combined premium and luxury 

Recognising the growing health and wellness trend informing 

portfolios delivered double-digit gross profit growth in F23. On a 

moderation, we continued to invest in our portfolio of no alcohol 

constant currency basis, NSR declined 4.7% and EBITS increased 

and low alcohol offerings. With world-class winemakers, cutting-

4.0%. 

edge technology, and a wealth of consumer insights, we’re taking 

a leadership position in this growing segment. On the heels of the 

Balance sheet strength and dividend 

award-winning Wolf Blass Zero range, the latest product in the 

TWE maintains financial metrics that are consistent with an 

portfolio to tap into the moderation trend, Pepperjack mid-strength, 

investment grade credit profile. The Company’s balance sheet 

leverages the brand recognition of Australia’s favourite Shiraz with 

continues to be strong, efficient, and flexible. Net debt/EBITDAS was  

half the alcohol content at 7% ABV. We also launched our first Alcohol 

1.9x in F23, up from 1.8x in F22, and below TWE’s ‘through the cycle’ 

and Health Policy, setting out our position and commitments on issues 

target of up to 2.0x. 

such as product transparency, reducing harmful consumption and 

responsible marketing.

Total capex for the year was $141.2 million comprising maintenance 

and replacement capex of $102.1 million, the purchase of a  

In F23, Group EBITS increased 11.4% to $583.5 million, while our EBITS 

previously-leased vineyard in the US for $25.4 million and growth 

margin strengthened 2.9 percentage points to 24.1%. TWE’s long-term 

capex of $13.7 million. 

financial objective remains to deliver sustainable top-line growth, 

high single digit average earnings growth and Group EBITS margin 

Cash conversion was 60.6%; excluding the net change in non-current 

target of 25%+. 

luxury and premium inventory, cash conversion was 76.2%, below 

the annual target of 90% or higher, reflecting the timing of shipments 

Throughout the year, NSR declined 2.2% to $2,423.0 million, reflecting 

in Asia in 4Q23, in addition to the timing of supplier payments and 

volume declines in the premium portfolio in Treasury Americas and 

promotional spend in Treasury Americas and Penfolds. TWE expects 

commercial portfolio volume declines in Treasury Premium Brands, 

cash conversion to be delivered in line with the annual target in F24.

partially offset by strong luxury portfolio growth for Penfolds. NSR per 

case increased 12.7%, reflecting the luxury-led portfolio mix shift and 

Earnings per share increased 16.6% to 52.1 cents per share and return 

price rises across several key brands.

on capital employed was up 0.6 ppt to 11.3%, driven by higher EBITS 

and demonstrating our disciplined approach to capital allocation. 

The premium and luxury portfolios contributed 85% of Group NSR, 

continuing its growth trajectory of recent years, and up from 83%  

For F23, TWE is pleased to declare a final dividend of 17 cents per share, 

in F22. 

fully franked, bringing the total dividend for F23 to 35 cents per share, 

an increase of 12.9% on the pcp. The 67% payout is at the upper end of 

Key elements of the result are detailed below. 

TWE’s long-term dividend policy range.

•  Penfolds reported a 14.2% increase in EBITS to $364.7 million and 

Sustainability 

an EBITS margin of 44.5% (in line with F22). Strong NSR growth of 

Continuing our focus on achieving sustainability leadership, we made 

14.3% was delivered through Asia, Australia and EMEA, reflecting 

strong progress against our targets and commitments, with highlights 

the continued momentum behind the Penfolds strategy to 

detailed below. 

build distribution and grow consumer demand. In addition, the 

successful launch of One by Penfolds and growth of the multi-

•  The decarbonisation of our business was accelerated through a 

country of origin portfolio contributed to NSR growth, particularly 

range of energy efficiency initiatives, as well as the installation 

in Asia. On a constant currency basis, NSR and EBITS increased 

of on-site solar across a number of our operational sites in 

13.8% and 15.5%, respectively. 

Australia and Europe. A total of 21 projects were completed, 

including Australia’s largest winery solar installation. We also 

•  Treasury Americas reported a 14.0% increase in EBITS to  

announced plans for America’s largest solar winery on-site 

$203.9 million and an EBITS margin of 24.8% (up 5.6ppts).  

system, expected to be complete in the coming year. 

Strong performance of key luxury brands including Frank Family 

Vineyards and Beaulieu Vineyard, the continued growth of  

•  Collaboration with our growers supported them in achieving 

Matua, and favourable foreign exchange rates were partly 

region-relevant sustainability certification, using our scale and 

offset by shipment declines in 19 Crimes and Sterling Vineyards, 

10

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

technical expertise to drive broader change across the industry. 

experienced teams, sees us well positioned to navigate these macro 

In Australia, 86% of fruit sourced from growers is certified, as 

and industry headwinds to achieve our objectives of delivering 

is 100% in New Zealand, with progress in other regions well 

quality earnings growth, efficient capital utilisation and sustainable 

underway.     

shareholder returns. 

• 

Improving health, safety and environment metrics, including a 

Our network of suppliers, customers, and partners, together with our 

significant reduction in the serious incident frequency rate of 1.2 

talented global teams, are integral to our long-term growth ambitions. 

percentage points to 0.2 as a result of the concerted focus on 

The ongoing success of our business relies on our experienced and 

safety during the year, including our leader-led campaign ‘Build 

dedicated teams around the world. We thank the people in each of 

safe together’, as well as a range of mental wellbeing initiatives.

our markets for their effort and commitment, and the way they live our 

cultural code, our TWE DNA, in everything they do. 

In F23, our Sustainability Linked Loan arrangement continued to 

reward performance against a range of milestones. 

We also welcome John Mullen to the Board. He joined in May 2023, 

and is a highly credentialled Chairman and Director with extensive 

We’re proud of our achievements in sustainability this year. This will 

executive and strategy experience in ASX-listed and international 

remain a key focus in the years ahead, acknowledging that cultivating 

companies, and the right skills to steer the Company to continued 

a brighter future depends on empowerment and collaboration across 

growth. The Board has appointed Mr Mullen Chairman elect, to 

many areas of our business, as well as broad engagement with 

become Chairman at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting, 

external partners including our network of growers and suppliers. 

subject to his election.

Our 2023 Sustainability Report will be available at tweglobal.com/

Looking to the opportunities ahead and the work that’s been done to 

sustainability in October 2023.  

Our thanks 

position the Company for ongoing growth, we also acknowledge the 

continued support and investment of our shareholders - thank you. 

Our goal remains clear: to deliver top line growth and high single-

Kind regards, 

digit average earnings growth over the long term. We will continue 

to strengthen the premium and luxury focus of our portfolio; grow 

distribution, demand and availability of our priority brands; proactively 

manage cost; and lead innovation in wine production and marketing. 

With recent years characterised by change and challenge, the work 

we have done in F23 has ensured we remain in a strong position.  

Our global footprint, diversification strategy and portfolio-led 

operating model, together with the strong capability of our 

A note from the Chairman

As outgoing Chairman, I am particularly pleased with what’s been 

achieved since I joined the Board when TWE was floated off from 

Foster’s Group in May 2011. Our share price has risen, despite the loss 

of the majority of the China business, more than 250% from $3.30 on 

listing to $11.70 at the time of writing.

Paul Rayner 
Chairman

Tim Ford
Chief Executive Officer

present, who without exception have played a major role in these 

achievements. I’d also like to thank the three Chief Executive Officers 

that TWE has had since its inception: David Dearie, who launched the 

company with a bold vision, and then Mike Clarke, who transformed 

the company into a far more efficient and stronger operation, as well 

as leaving an excellent successor in the current CEO, Tim Ford. Tim 

has taken the business up another level, despite the headwinds of the 

COVID pandemic and Chinese government decision to impose tariffs 

on Australia-sourced wine in China. I firmly believe that as a result 

of the steps Tim and his management team have taken to diversify 

our sources of production and markets following this decision, the 

company is now in a far better position for long-term growth.

Apart from the individuals listed above, I’d like to acknowledge many 

others I’ve worked with, who have contributed to TWE’s growth. 

Executives and team members in each of the regions where we

This growth is a reflection of a much stronger, more collaborative 

operate have played an instrumental role in building the successful 

global management team, a more robust portfolio of brands focused 

company we have today, and I thank them for their efforts.

on the premium and luxury end of the market, a more efficient and 

diversified global vineyard and winemaking footprint, and stronger 

market positions in most markets around the world.

I look forward to tracking the company’s ongoing success following  

my retirement from the Board at the conclusion of the 2023 Annual 

General Meeting.

There are a number people who’ve enabled this growth that I would 

like to thank. Firstly, my fellow Non-Executive Directors, past and 

Paul Rayner

11

  
 
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Operating and Financial Review

Treasury Wine Estates (TWE) is a 
premium focused, global leader in 
wine, listed on the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX). The Company is 
focused on delivering shareholder value 
through the production, marketing 
and selling of quality wine brands to 
consumers around the world.

global, multi-regional sourcing model which includes world class 

vineyard and production assets in internationally acclaimed 

winemaking regions including Barossa Valley and Coonawarra 

in Australia, Napa Valley in the United States, Marlborough in New 

Zealand, Bordeaux in France and Tuscany in Italy. 

TWE employs a global team of approximately 2,500 people.

TWE’s organisational structure
TWE has operated under a revised global business model since July 

2021 with three standalone divisions.

The following Operating and Financial Review contains details of 

the significant changes in TWE’s state of affairs that occurred 

•  Treasury Americas – representing sales of US sourced brands, 

as well as those imported from Australia and New Zealand, in 

during the year ended 30 June 2023.

the Americas 

TWE’s business activities
TWE is a vertically integrated wine business focused on portfolio 

premiumisation supported by innovation, brand building 

investment and global sales and marketing execution.

TWE’s brand portfolio is represented across the luxury, premium, 

and commercial

1
  price segments and sold in more than 70 

countries around the world. At the heart of the business is TWE’s 

•  Penfolds – representing global sales of the Penfolds brand 

portfolio  

•  Treasury Premium Brands – representing the sale of TWE’s 

diverse range of predominantly Australia and  

New Zealand sourced brands globally 

1.    TWE participates in three price segments; luxury (A$30+), premium (A$10-A$30) and commercial  
      (A$5-A$10). Segment price points are retail shelf price.

12

 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Our operating model 
Focus and accountability to unlock our long-term growth potential

Penfolds

Treasury 
Premium
Brands

Treasury 
Americas

Supply

US Supply

Treasury Business Solutions

Corporate functions

13

Operating and Financial Review (continued)

TWE’s business model
TWE is a vertically integrated wine business with three  

Wine production

TWE owns world-class wine production and packaging facilities.

principal activities: 

•  grape growing and sourcing 

•  wine production 

•  wine marketing, sales and distribution

• 

In Australia, TWE owns and operates seven wineries and one 

packaging facility with wines primarily produced in South 

Australia and Victoria. 

• 

In New Zealand, TWE owns one winery located  

Grape growing and sourcing 

in Marlborough. 

TWE accesses grapes and bulk wine from a range of sources 

including Company-owned and leased vineyards, grower vineyards 

and the bulk wine market varying by region as shown in Figure 1. 

• 

In the US, TWE has seven wineries and one packaging facility 

in California’s North and Central Coast regions. 

• 

In Europe, TWE owns one winery in Italy and three wineries  

2
Figure 1: TWE’s regional sourcing model

in France.

Australia

     30% 

                                 51%                          19%

Marketing, selling and distribution of TWE wine

TWE generates revenues and profits from the production,  

marketing and sale of its portfolios of branded wine in more  

than 70 countries, with its route-to-market model reflecting regional 

California

           37%                                          54%                        9%

insights and opportunities.

New Zealand

   21% 

    55% 

     24%

Italy 

   23% 

       18% 

        59% 

The Company has taken deliberate action to embed greater 

balance across its regional earnings mix and sourcing models. 

TWE’s profitability continues to be increasingly driven by the luxury 

and premium segments, as well as improved profitability across  

France

14%              32% 

        54%

all segments.

China

                                                                              19% 

81% 

 TWE OWNED / LEASED
 GROWER CONTRACTS
 THIRD PARTY PRODUCED WINE

Figure 2 shows the net sales revenue (NSR) and earnings before 

interest, tax, SGARA and material items (EBITS) contribution by 

division in F23.

Figure 2: TWE’s business performance by division in F23

A global sourcing model diversified across geographic regions, 

Net sales revenue ($m)

varietals and price segments supports growth and limits exposure to 

vintage variation risk as well as grape and bulk wine pricing during 

periods of grape shortages and surpluses.

3
 ($m)
EBITS contribution

Earnings before interest, tax, 

material items and SGARA 

This diversification and flexibility also enables TWE to react to 

changes in consumer and customer preferences to support growth.

TWE owns and leases 7,364 planted hectares of vineyards in 

Australia and New Zealand and is the custodian of sought-after 

viticultural assets in renowned winemaking regions, including 

Australia’s Barossa Valley and Coonawarra, and Marlborough  

in New Zealand.

The Company also owns and leases 2,393 planted hectares in key 

viticultural regions in California, including Napa Valley, Sonoma 

County, Lake County and Central Coast. In Europe, TWE owns and 

leases 175 planted hectares in France’s Bordeaux region and 166 

planted hectares in Tuscany, Italy.

TWE optimises its inventory holdings to support portfolio 

premiumisation and continues to focus on increasing access to 

luxury and premium fruit from multiple countries of origin through 

vineyard acquisitions, vineyard leasing, and supply contracts with 

third-party growers. For commercial grade wine, TWE prioritises 

sourcing from the bulk-wine market.

14

 PENFOLDS 34%
 TAM 34%
 TPB 32%

 PENFOLDS 56%
 TAM 31%
 TPB 13%

2.   Regional sourcing is historical data for the northern hemisphere 2022 vintage and the southern                     
      hemisphere 2023 vintage. 
3.   Excludes corporate costs of $66.8 million

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
   
Global wine consumption 
Global wine category growth is driven by the premium and luxury price segments – a trend expected to continue. TWE’s portfolio structure 

and premiumisation strategy are well aligned to benefit from these attractive category fundamentals with 85% of F23 NSR contributed  

by the premium and luxury portfolios.

4
Figure 3: Global wine category growth trends

Luxury

Premium

7.5%

2.8%

3.7%

2.3%

Commercial

0.5%

0%

 HISTORICAL GROWTH (CAGR 2013 — 2022)
 FORECAST GROWTH (CAGR 2022 — 2027)

The top 10 markets for premium and luxury wine represent approximately 80% of global consumption. The United States is the clear leader, 

with approximately 35% share of global consumption and strong forecast growth.

5
Figure 4: Key premium and luxury wine markets and forecast five-year compound annual growth rate (CAGR) in wine consumption

)
n
b
$
A
(

t
e
k
r
a
m
y
r
u
x
u

l

d
n
a
m
u
m
e
r
P

i

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

Forecast growth
(CAGR 2022 —
2027)

d
e
t
i
n
U

s
e
t
a
t
S

d
e
t
i
n
U

m
o
d
g
n
K

i

e
c
n
a
r
F

i

g
n
g
r
e
m

E

l

y
a
t
I

5
s
t
e
k
r
a
m

a

i
l

a
r
t
s
u
A

i

a
n
h
C

a
d
a
n
a
C

n
a
p
a
J

d
n
a
l
r
e
z
t
i

w
S

y
n
a
m
r
e
G

2.3%

-0.1%

-0.8%

4.2%

1.4%

1.8%

12.7%

2.4%

2.8%

0.8%

-0.9%

4.   IWSR 2022, still and sparkling wine only, A$ equivalent, portfolio price points per IWSR       
      segmentation, value growth shown.
5.   IWSR 2022, still and sparkling wine only, A$ equivalent, portfolio price points per IWSR 
      segmentation, value growth shown. Emerging markets include key markets in Asia, MEA and  
      Latin America.

15

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)

TWE Ambition and Game Plan 
TWE’s strategic vision and strategic imperatives are set out below

16

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Strategic imperative 

ood understanding     Working knowledge

  Progress against initiative in F23

World class talent

•  Continued to put our DNA at the heart of everything we do, including further embedding our Leadership 

Attributes (which are underpinned by and reinforce our DNA). 

•  Elevated our senior leader capability, through an immersive leadership program that helped leaders 

articulate a compelling future and create a high-performance culture.   

•  Maintained our focus on building organisational growth capabilities and companywide learning through 

our TWEforME Academy, as well as building our pipeline of diverse senior leaders.  

•  Consolidated our collective commitment to Inclusion, Equity & Diversity by integrating it into our ways of 
working, our leadership development and assessment processes and our commitment to ‘whole of self’ 
wellbeing across the enterprise. 

•  Conducted our 3rd all employee Engagement and Inclusion Survey, seeing an 8% increase in 

participation, a 2% increase in inclusion and a 1% increase in overall engagement. TWE saw significant 
improvement in commitment to sustainability, taking action to improve engagement, and commitment 
to being courageous.   

•  Recognised externally by the Australian Financial Review as one of the Best Places to Work for the third 
year in a row and certified as a Great Place to Work in the UK. TWE Americas was recognised as the 
Healthiest Employer in the San Francisco Bay Area (and in the Top 100 Healthiest Workplaces in America) 
while our recognition program “Cellarbrate” was awarded the winner of the ‘Best Reward and Recognition 
Program’ at the Australian Human Resources Awards.

Consumer focused  
premium brand portfolio

•  The expansion of Penfolds multi-country of origin portfolio with the 2022 Penfolds Collection launch 

including the release of wines from three countries of origin: Australia, the US, and the inaugural release 
from France. One by Penfolds has sold over 100,000 cases in China and has achieved excellent distribution 
across flagship Penfolds online stores, major retail chain and independent liquor stores and restaurants.  

•  Treasury Americas launched Matua Coolers in a can, following the highly successful launch of Matua 

Lighter, tapping into the strong consumer trend towards refreshment and further supporting the 
performance of the fast-growing Matua brand.  

•  Treasury Premium Brands evolved its portfolio by successfully introducing new countries of origin and 
emerging varietals to its priority brands, including Pepperjack, Squealing Pig and Rawson’s Retreat.

Multi regional and 
multi-channel selling 
models

•  Penfolds delivered strong distribution growth in Asia, Australia and EMEA, reflecting Penfolds focus on 

building penetration across priority growth markets. 

•  Treasury Americas’ luxury selling platform is in great shape after distribution expansion across the US  

in F23.  

•  Treasury Premium Brands’ distribution expansion delivered solid depletions growth in Asia for its priority 

brand portfolio. 

Deep, long-term  
partnerships and  
networks

•  TWE continued to invest in partnerships and events that connected consumers with our brands, including 

those outlined below.  

• 

• 

• 

 Penfolds sponsorship of the Victoria Racing Club Derby Day and Australian Open tennis tournament. 

Treasury Premium Brands’ Squealing Pig activations at the Australian Open and Sydney WorldPride.  

 Treasury Americas’ new partnerships with global brands to support the launch of the new  

          19 Crimes brand platform in F24. 

Sustainable and  
multi-regional sourcing 
and winemaking models

•  Pleasing progress with the sustainability agenda including Investment in water saving and solar 

infrastructure across our sites globally, promoting sustainable water and energy management practices. 

•  Acceleration of our no and low alcohol wine development program, including new product development 
and investment in infrastructure with a focus on preserving the taste and quality of low alcohol wines. 

•  Ongoing expansion of our multi-COO sourcing strategy with the purchase of Château Lanessan in 

Bordeaux providing additional vineyard and production assets and integration initiatives across our 
French sites supporting our French growth strategy. 

• 

Initiatives in key wine-producing countries Chile, Spain and South Africa to enhance TWE’s operational 
efficiency and productivity.  

•  Sourcing strategy on track with innovative new grower partnerships in the New Zealand market to 

increase the supply of Sauvignon Blanc grapes.

17

 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)

Future prospects
TWE’s long-term financial objective remains to deliver sustainable 

1
 and 
top-line growth, high single-digit average earnings growth

•  Demand for commercial wine is likely to remain challenged 

in both Australia and the UK, with further volume declines 

a Group EBITS margin target of 25%+. Supporting this objective 

expected in this segment for Treasury Premium brands. 

will be continued portfolio premiumisation, growth in distribution, 

demand and availability for TWE’s priority brands, cost 

•  Mix-adjusted COGS per case are expected to remain broadly 

optimisation and category leading, consumer-led innovation.

in line with F23 (which was also broadly in line with F22), 

•  TWE is well positioned to deliver growth in F24, supported  

vintage, reduced commercial portfolio volume expectations 

by continued strong trends for luxury wine and resilient  

and continuing high inflationary costs which will offset 

category dynamics for premium wine, the strength of its 

incremental benefits from the global supply chain 

global brand portfolio, its diversified business model and the 

optimisation program and transition to the higher yielding, 

benefits of key asset base and cost optimisation initiatives. 

lower cost 2021 (luxury) and 2022 (premium) vintages.

reflecting impacts from the lower yielding 2023 Australian  

•  Consumer demand for luxury wine is expected to remain 

•  TWE notes the continued improvement in relations between 

strong globally, with top-line growth to be led by Penfolds 

Australia and China, which may have the potential for a future 

through continued execution of the focused strategy to build 

review of tariffs on Australian wine. In light of this, TWE will take 

distribution and grow demand for its portfolio in key markets. 

a measured approach to the phasing of Penfolds shipments 

Luxury portfolio growth for Treasury Americas will be modest  

across all markets to retain the flexibility of its global 

in F24 through the release of the 2021 Californian vintage, 

distribution and pricing model, which is planned to result in 

laying the platform for a step-up in growth from F25 when  

Penfolds EBITS being weighted to the second half in F24.

the higher volume 2022 vintage will be released. 

•  Consumer demand for premium wine is expected to 

remain consistent, with Treasury Americas and Treasury 

Premium Brands performance to be supported by continued 

investment and innovation across key priority brands and,  

for 19 Crimes, the launch of the new global brand platform 

through 1H24.

1.   Organic, pre material items and on a constant currency basis

18

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Material business risks
Various risks could have a material impact on the achievement  

of TWE’s strategies and future prospects. Below are those risks that 

TWE considers of greatest materiality to the business, and existing 

mitigations against these risks. 

Our material risks have not fundamentally changed in F23,  

however, the risks listed below remain elevated in focus.

•  Pricing and investment execution and cost management 
impacting margin outcomes, due to increased global 
inflationary pressures. 

•  Misaligned supply and demand for region, variety, and  
grade of grapes, due to ongoing decline in commercial  
wine category.

Risk  
ood understanding     Working knowledge

Description  

Mitigation

Changing  
consumer  
preferences and  
market trends

Unanticipated changes 
in consumer demand or 
preferences can have adverse 
effects on the business’ ability 
to either capture growth 
opportunities or manage 
supply. These changes could 
be caused or accelerated by 

changes in economic outlook.

Changing  
geopolitical  
environment

Instability in the markets 
in which we operate could 
impact consumer demand, 
ability to trade, access to new 
markets, disruption to global 
supply chains, and other 
barriers to the movement 
of people and goods across 

international borders.

•  We maintain a global diversified portfolio of brands and products balanced 

between commercial, premium, and luxury segments and at different stages of  
the brand lifecycle. 

•  Strategic focus on premium and luxury categories, which have a longer ageing 

process before being released, providing greater flexibility to respond to changes  
in demand. 

•  Brand portfolio and product strategy, including portfolio rationalisation, brand  

prioritisation and targeted investment in consumer marketing. 

•  A dedicated consumer insights and innovation team tracking consumer trends and 

researching new opportunities. 

•  Global business planning processes, including portfolio reviews and global volume 

alignment processes.

•  Continue to grow our diversified portfolio of products and markets including  

Australia, the US, Europe, Middle East, and Asia. 

•  We respect local laws wherever we operate and have implemented a robust  

compliance framework. 

•  Relationships and engagement (where relevant) with key government, industry 

advocacy and regulatory bodies. 

•  Flexible supply chain practices. 

•  Crisis management and business continuity plans. 

•  Seek opportunities for strategic investment from, and into, key markets to capture 

new growth opportunities and enhance connection to key markets.

Changing  
regulatory  
environment

TWE operates in a regulated 
industry in many of the 
markets it makes and sells 
wine in. Each of these markets 
has differing regulations that 
govern many aspects of 
TWE’s operations. Changes 
to regulatory requirements 
are broad ranging and 
include taxes, health and 
labelling guidelines as well as 
climate and environmental 
requirements. Remaining 
compliant with and abreast 
of additional regulations and 
changes to existing regulations 
requires diligent and ongoing 

monitoring by the business.

•  Company-wide policies, standards and procedures. 

•  TWE Compliance Framework. 

•  Specialised and experienced resources and teams. 

•  Executive Leadership Team oversight via the Risk, Compliance and Governance 

Committee. 

•  TWE Risk and Assurance Framework, including targeted reviews by external and 

internal audit and other specialist providers. 

•  Relationships and engagement (where relevant) with key government, industry 

advocacy and regulatory bodies to understand emerging issues and opportunities, 
and collaborate on advocacy strategies.

19

 
 
   
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Operating and Financial Review (continued)

Risk  

Cyber and  
information  
security

Health,  
safety and  
wellbeing

Description  

Mitigation

Cyber and information 
security is essential to protect 
business-critical intellectual 
property and privacy of 
data. Continuing advances 
in technology, systems, and 
communication channels 
mean increasing amounts of 
private and confidential data 
are now stored electronically. 
This, together with increasing 
cyber-crime, heightens the 
need for robust data security 
measures.

•  Defined Cyber-Security Strategy and Governance. 

• 

Information Security Policy, supporting framework and specialised resources. 

• 

IT Asset Management to manage our asset security throughout the lifecycle. 

•  Program to monitor and detect cyber threats across the enterprise network. 

•  Vulnerability management program to identify and remediate susceptible high-risk 

areas within the enterprise environment. 

•  Restricted and segregated management of sensitive business/supplier/customer data. 

•  Regular employee training and alerts to ensure secure handling of sensitive data. 

The health, safety and 
wellbeing of the TWE team and 
everyone who touches our 
business remains our highest 
priority. TWE recognises the 
importance of ensuring our 
people stay safe through 
closely managing existing 
risks and being proactive with 
emerging risks.  

Growing grapes, processing 
fruit and packing wine involves 
the use of complex equipment 
and processes that pose a 
risk and could result in death, 
serious injury, or illness leading 
to a financial, operational, and 
reputational impact.

•  Regular user access and general system penetration testing. 

•  Crisis, business continuity and disaster recovery plans.

•  Formally defined Health, Safety and Wellbeing (HS&W) policy, standards, procedures 

and tools. 

• 

Induction/onboarding and ongoing training programs including: safe work 
procedures, permit to work system, safety leadership programs, and Destination 
Zero Harm Global Commitments. 

•  Preventative repair and maintenance programs, and facility and equipment 

inspection programs. 

•  Employee surveys and safety conversations, with a HR complaints and whistleblower 
service that captures feedback from employees and external stakeholders on the 
effectiveness of our HS&W initiatives. 

•  Monitoring of safety performance and incidents through regular reporting, 

investigations, and corrective action plans. 

•  TWE Mental Health and Wellbeing Framework, including employee mental health 
surveys and membership of the Corporate Mental Health Alliance Australia, to 
improve understanding and support for mental health in the workplace. 

• 

Internal and external support mechanisms in place to create a healthy and safe 
workplace, including Employee Assistance Programs and a dedicated mental and 
emotional healthcare provider for our American-based team members.

Impacts of 
climate-  
related change 
on TWE’s ability 
to grow, make 
and market 
quality wines

We are exposed to threats 
and opportunities posed 
by climate change. As the 
climate changes, our ability 
to grow, make and market 
quality wines will be affected 
by more frequent extreme 
weather events and changing 
temperatures that affect the 
yield and quality of vineyards. 
Further, it could lead to 
decreases in water availability 
or quality and/or an increase 
in the cost of water.

In addition, there are related 
transition risks arising from 
policy, legal, technology, 
market and reputation 
changes associated with the 
transition (or lack of) to a  
low-carbon economy.

•  Climate-adaptive business strategy including a multi-region sourcing model to 

mitigate over-reliance on a single region. 

• 

Investment in key production assets to manage for compressed vintages, which are 
becoming more frequent with climate change. 

•  Climate and water risk assessments allow us to understand what opportunities 

and risks may emerge as a result of climate change and to inform our adaptation 
responses. 

•  Continued improvement of our data and weather forecasting abilities as well 

as investment in areas such as optimised irrigation and innovative agronomic 
practices. 

•  Collaborating with a range of partners, such as universities, industry, and suppliers 

to improve our understanding of climate change and improve our practices. 

•  We continue to monitor and understand emerging trends, policy developments, and 

our emissions profile.

20

 
 
 
   
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Risk  

Description

Mitigation

Incident leading 
to negative  
coverage in  
traditional or 
social media

Technology 
and business 
infrastructure 
supporting 
growth

Misaligned 
supply and 
demand for 
region, variety, 
and grade of 
grapes

Partner 
performance 
and market 
concentration

The strength of TWE’s portfolio 
of brands is key to the 
success of the business. If we 
experience misrepresentation, 
negative or critical coverage in 
either traditional and/or social 
channels, this could result in 
damage to TWE’s reputation 
and to its brands. This can 
be driven by a number of 
performance and operational 
factors, as well as commentary 
and opinions about issues and 
trends that have the potential 
to impact the business, its 
brands, and people.

The business relies on IT 
infrastructure, systems,  
and processes to support 
ongoing business growth. 
Where such infrastructure 
cannot efficiently support  
the changing needs of  
the business, there is risk  
of process inefficiency  
and/or error, which includes 
increased costs and 
processing times  
and/or damage to  
business reputation.

TWE’s ability to balance 
supply to demand can 
become challenged by 
several factors, including 
restricted availability of 
quality grapes or bulk wine, 
supply pricing, changes in 
consumer preference (drinks 
category, wine style, region 
or varietal) or other shifts in 
demand.

The misalignment of supply 
can lead to shortage, which 
in turn can limit growth 
and revenue potential. 
Alternatively, misalignment 
can generate excess supply 
that needs resolution 
through supply sales, 
asset re-alignment and/or 
reallocation of wine. 

As a result, our ability to 
manage COGS, grow revenue 
and achieve EBITS targets 
could be affected, both in the 
year of harvest and in future 
periods.

TWE’s ability to achieve 
our objectives is directly 
tied to the performance 
of our partners (suppliers, 
distributors, and retailers). 
The sub-optimal 
performance of these 
partners, and/or their market 
concentration and power, 
could have a significant 
impact on TWE’s market 
share and/or margins.

•  Code of Conduct, Responsible Marketing Guidelines, Responsible Consumption 

Program, Responsible Procurement Code, Environment Policy and Standard, Media 
Policy, Social Media Policy, and incident management procedures. 

•  Active media monitoring and social listening including community engagement, 

product reviews, and public posting relating to TWE brands with ability to escalate 
core issues. 

•  Global reputation research to understand current stakeholder perceptions and 

influence future engagement. 

•  Brand and intellectual property protection strategies.

• 

 Defined technology roadmap and strategy. 

• 

 A global Enterprise Resource Planning System and reporting capability. 

•  Global Shared Services Model including Continuous Improvement Framework. 

• 

 IT policies and supporting procedures (security, change management, project 
management, etc.). 

• 

 Documentation and mapping of key processes and controls across the business. 

• 

 Semi-annual key control self-assessment process.

•  Multi-regional growing and sourcing. 

•  Balanced grape intake between owned/leased vineyards and third-party suppliers. 

•  Long-term vintage planning and ongoing demand planning processes, to align our 

supply with our insights from monitoring changing consumer preferences. 

•  Strong grower relationships and defined service level agreements. 

•  Ongoing customer/distributor relationship management to understand changes in 
demand and achieve alignment with our current and future portfolio of products. 

• 

Innovative agronomic practices to improve vineyard yield. 

•  Global wine allocation process for constrained products to maximise value from 

products where supply is unable to meet demand.

•  Multi-regional and diversified supplier, distributor and retailer base. 

•  Responsible Procurement Code to define our broader requirements of our suppliers, 

including expectations related to human rights, safety, and the environment. 

•  Defined and pre-approved terms of engagement. 

• 

Investment in strong and multi-faceted key partner relationships. 

•  Joint business planning processes with customers and distributors to support and 

align their interests with our objectives. 

•  Regular performance reviews.

21

 
 
 
   
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Operating and Financial Review (continued)

Risk  

Description  

Mitigation

•  Ongoing management of our key cost drivers, closely monitoring their potential for 

volatility and assessing their impact on TWE earnings. 

•  Ongoing global pricing oversight and monitoring across markets, including key 

competitor pricing and promotional activity. 

•  Brand portfolio and product strategy (including pricing guidelines). 

•  Controls over product price changes. 

•  Monthly brand/product sales performance reporting versus budget. 

•  Active foreign exchange hedging strategy. 

•  Continued focus on working capital, including cash conversion as a core  

financial metric.

•  Product quality policies, procedures and controls, coordinated and overseen by the 

central TWE Technical Services team. 

•  Product quality analytical control testing including chemical and microbiological 

testing. 

•  Third-party audits and accreditation of processes and controls, including Hazard 

Analysis and Critical Control Points. 

•  Supplier Service Level Agreements and specifications for Quality and Supplier 

Quality Assurance for packaging dry goods. 

•  Crisis management and product withdrawal and/or recall plans. 

• 

Intellectual Property (IP) protection including trademark, copyright, design and 
other IP registrations. Strict IP agreements and guidelines, including for licensing 
arrangements, such as branded retail stores. 

•  Collaborative alliances and working relationships with online marketplaces and 

other key industry bodies. 

•  Regular internal counterfeit/copycat awareness training and clear customer 

communication policies regarding complaints/enquiries. 

•  Brand Protection Program focusing on online and offline enforcement (including 

maximising criminal enforcements). 

•  Copycat enforcement strategy focusing on high-priority targets. 

• 

IP due diligence - detailed checks on partners/retailers and ongoing supply  
chain audits.

•  Crisis, business continuity and disaster recovery plans, training and resources. 

•  Dedicated Health and Safety team oversight, audit programs, and training. 

•  Preventative repair and maintenance program. 

•  Multi-regional sourcing and production capability. 

•  Multi-regional sales diversification. 

•  Comprehensive insurance program. 

•  Global business planning processes. 

•  Financial risk management (refer to page 115). 

Pricing and 
investment  
execution  
and cost  
management 
impacting  
margin  
outcomes

Product
quality defects, 
contamination, 
and counterfeit

Where pricing and 
investment execution are 
not appropriately aligned to 
both the brand and product 
vision and strategy as well as 
external competitor activity, 
there is an increased risk to 
TWE of loss of market share, 
decreasing margins and/or 
brand damage.

Developments in the 
global economy, including 
inflationary pressures and 
foreign exchange rate 
movements could add costs, 
impact TWE’s earnings, and 
impact margins.

If we sell wine with a 
significant product quality 
defect, or deliberate 
contamination, it could 
have significant impacts on 
TWE’s corporate and brand 
reputation. It may also add 
costs through product  
write-offs or recall.

As the reputation and value 
of TWE’s brands increase, so 
does the risk of counterfeit 
and copycat products, which 
may impact profitability and 
brand reputation.

Business  
disruption  
and/ or  
catastrophic 
damage or loss

TWE’s scope of operations 
exposes it to a number  
of business disruption risks,  
such as environmental
catastrophes, natural and 
man-made hazards and 
incidents, or politically 
motivated violence.

Significant business 
disruption could result in 
TWE sites or people being 
harmed or threatened, loss 
of key infrastructure, inability 
to trade, inventory shortages, 
excess or loss, customer 
dissatisfaction, or financial 
and reputational loss.

22
22

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
   
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Risk  

Turnover
of key talent

Description  

Mitigation

TWE’s ability to deliver 
on strategic targets is 
reliant on attracting and 
retaining experienced, 
skilled, and motivated talent 
in core functions such as 
winemaking, sales, and 
marketing.

It also requires strong, 
resilient, and effective  
leaders as the business  
grows at pace.

Inability to retain key talent 
can impact relationships with 
TWE’s key partners, result 
in lost business knowledge, 
increase risk of employee 
burnout, and hamper the 
business’s ability to deliver  
on key initiatives.

We aim to make TWE a great place to work with an inclusive culture and a compelling 
Employee Value Proposition. To differentiate TWE from competitors in the market, we 
provide a place where our people come together to spark innovation, fuel human 
connection, create belonging, and promote wellbeing through a range of employee 
programs such as:

•  strategically aligned and targeted learning and development 

•  strategic workforce planning 

•  talent review and succession planning processes 

•  employee health, safety and wellbeing, including mental and physical health and 

resilience, market competitive remuneration and benefits, and incentive and reward 
aligned to the achievement of TWE’s financial and business goals and  
demonstration of the right behaviours 

•  a culture, enabled by our DNA values, which celebrates diversity, courage  

and collaboration.

23

 
   
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Profit report

Announcement highlights1

•  Reported EBITS grew 11.4% to $583.5 million driven by strong 

luxury top-line growth from Penfolds, successful price 

increases across several brands and cost savings from the 

global supply chain optimisation program. 

•  Premiumisation trends continue across the wine category, 

with demand for luxury wine remaining strong in TWE’s key 

•  Strong progress was made towards implementation of 

the new Treasury Premium Brands operating model and 

restructuring of the Australian commercial wine supply chain. 

A total net program cost of up to $90 million (including $30 

million of cash costs) will be incurred across F23 and F24. 

Ongoing benefits of the program will exceed the cash cost 

and mitigate the impact of rising cost of goods as a result of 

global markets and a resilient premium wine segment despite 

lower portfolio volumes.  

the tightening economic environment. 

•  NSR per case increased 12.7% led by premiumisation and price 

rises delivered across all divisions. 

•  EBITS margin strengthened 2.9ppts to 24.1%, with progression 

towards the long-term Group target of 25%+, delivered in an 

environment of elevated cost inflation. 

A$m (unless otherwise stated)

Net Sales Revenue (NSR)

NSR per case (A$)

Earnings Before Interest, Tax, SGARA and Material items (EBITS)

EBITS Margin

Net Profit After Tax

Earnings Per Share (A$ cents)

Net Profit After Tax before Material Items and SGARA

Earnings Per Share before Material Items and SGARA (A$ cents)

• 

In F24, TWE is well positioned to deliver growth, supported 

by luxury portfolio growth, the strength of its global brand 

portfolio, its diversified business model and the benefits of  

key asset base and cost optimisation initiatives.  

F23

2,423.0

109.7

583.5

24.1%

254.5

35.3

376.1

52.1

% Chg.  
reported

% Chg. constant  
currency 

(2.2)%

12.7%

11.4%

(4.9)%

9.6%

8.6%

2.9ppts

3.0ppts

(3.3)%

(3.3)%

16.6%

16.6%

(5.1)%

(5.1)%

13.8%

13.8%

•  NSR declined 2.2% to $2,423.0 million, driven by premium 

•  ROCE 11.3%, up 0.6ppt versus the pcp driven by higher EBITS and 

portfolio volume declines in Treasury Americas and commercial 

continued capital allocation discipline. 

portfolio volume declines in Treasury Premium Brands, partly 

offset by strong luxury portfolio growth for Penfolds; on a 

•  Cash conversion 60.6%; excluding the net change in  

constant currency basis NSR declined 4.9%. 

non-current luxury and premium inventory, cash conversion 

•  NSR per case improved 12.7%, reflecting the luxury-led portfolio 

reflecting the timing of shipments in Asia within 4Q23 in 

mix shift and price increases across several key brands. The 

addition to the timing of supplier payments and promotional 

contribution of the luxury and premium portfolios is now 85% of 

spend in Treasury Americas and Penfolds. TWE expects cash 

Group NSR, up from 83% in the pcp. 

conversion to be delivered in line with the annual target in F24. 

was 76.2%, below TWE’s annual target of 90% or higher, 

•  EBITS increased 11.4% to $583.5 million and EBITS margin 

•  Net Debt to EBITDAS 1.9x (1.8x in the pcp), in line with TWE’s 

increased 2.9ppts to 24.1%.  

through the cycle target, with flexibility retained to support 

continued investment in growth and the delivery of shareholder 

•  NPAT and EPS both improved 16.6% to $376.1 million and 52.1 

returns.  

cents per share respectively. 

•  A post-tax material items loss of $76.0 million was recognised, 

total dividend for F23 to 35 cents per share, an increase of 12.9% 

primarily related to implementation of the new Treasury 

on the pcp. The 67% payout is at the upper end of TWE’s long-

Premium Brands operating model and restructuring of the  

term dividend policy range.

•  The final dividend of 17 cents per share, fully franked, brings the 

Australian commercial wine supply chain (F23 material items 

cash inflow of $34.5 million).

1.   Unless otherwise stated, all figures and percentage movements within commentary are stated on 
a reported currency basis versus the prior corresponding period, are pre-SGARA and material items 
and are subject to rounding. NPAT and EPS exclude earnings attributable to non-controlling interests.

24

A$m (unless otherwise stated)

NSR

Penfolds

Treasury Americas

Treasury Premium Brands

Group

Luxury and premium (%NSR)

EBITS

Penfolds

Treasury Americas

Treasury Premium Brands

Corporate

Group

EBITS Margin (%)

F23

819.7

820.9

782.4

2,423.0

85.0%

364.7

203.9

81.7

(66.8)

583.5

24.1%

% Chg.  
reported

% Chg.  
constant  
currency 

14.3%

(11.7)%

(5.7%)

(2.2)%

1.7ppts

14.2%

14.0%

(5.4)%

(9.9)%

11.4%

13.8%

(18.4)%

(4.7%)

(4.9)%

1.3ppts

15.5%

(0.3)%

4.0%

(9.1)%

8.6%

2.9ppts

3.0ppts

•  Penfolds reported a 14.2% increase in EBITS to $364.7 million 

•  Corporate costs increased 9.9%, driven by investment in 

and an EBITS margin of 44.5% (in line with F22). Strong NSR 

cloud-based technology and higher employee expenses. 

growth of 14.3% was delivered through Asia, Australia and 

EMEA, reflecting the continued momentum behind the 

•  The global supply chain optimisation program delivered COGS 

Penfolds strategy to build distribution and grow consumer 

savings of approximately $62 million in F23, with mix-adjusted 

demand. In addition, the successful launch of One by 

COGS per case in line with F22 despite supply chain cost 

Penfolds and growth of the multi-country of origin portfolios 

inflationary pressures and the inclusion of the higher cost 2020 

contributed to NSR growth, particularly in Asia. On a constant 

Australian and Californian luxury vintages. The program is on 

currency basis, NSR and EBITS increased 13.8% and 15.5%, 

track to deliver incremental benefits in F24 and the full run-

respectively. 

rate of $90 million+ in annual savings by F25. 

•  Treasury Americas reported a 14.0% increase in EBITS to 

•  TWE has implemented a range of initiatives within the Treasury 

$203.9 million and an EBITS margin of 24.8% (up 5.6ppts). 

Premium Brands operating model aimed at delivering greater 

Strong performance of key luxury brands including Frank 

operational and strategic flexibility to enable continued 

Family Vineyards and Beaulieu Vineyard, the continued 

growth of its premium and luxury portfolio, including those 

growth of Matua, and favourable foreign exchange rates 

detailed below.   

were partly offset by shipment declines for 19 Crimes and 

Sterling Vineyards in addition to constrained luxury portfolio 

• 

Adjusting the Treasury Premium Brands operating model  

availability from the lower yielding 2020 Californian vintage. 

         and organisational structure to align with the future scale           

Improved portfolio mix, successful implementation of price 

         of the business, to reduce fixed costs and increase focus  

increases on key brands and improved COGS and CODB 

         on priority brands. 

supported EBITS margin growth. On a constant currency  

basis, NSR declined 18.4% and EBITS declined 0.3%.  

• 

Implementing changes to the commercial wine supply  

         chain, including the exit of future sourcing arrangements,  

•  Treasury Premium Brands reported a 5.4% decline in EBITS 

         with a focus on improving total network cost to improve  

to $81.7 million and an EBITS margin of 10.4% (in line with 

         future cost of goods sold. 

F22). Reduced NSR for the commercial portfolio in the UK 

and Australia, in addition to unfavourable foreign exchange 

• 

The divestiture and/or rationalisation of selected assets,  

movements, were partly offset by 7.8% NSR growth for 

         including the closure of Karadoc winery, write down  

priority premium brands including 19 Crimes, Squealing Pig 

         of several commercial wine brands, and the divestiture of  

and Pepperjack, as well as improved COGS and CODB. The 

         commercial vineyards. 

combined premium and luxury portfolios delivered  

double-digit gross profit growth in F23. On a constant  

currency basis, NSR declined 4.7% and EBITS increased 4.0%.

25

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023l

s
d
o
f
n
e
P

26

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Penfolds

About Penfolds
Since 1844, historic blends, significant milestones and heritage 

vineyards have been honoured by a lineage of custodians whose 

courage and imagination have ensured Penfolds remains true to its 

original values while continuing to innovate and move forward. 

Penfolds commitment to quality has been underpinned by a 

consistent and recognisable ‘House Style’; the ultimate expression 

of Penfolds time-honoured tradition of sourcing the best fruit from 

the best regions. Today, this philosophy extends beyond Australia, 

as Penfolds explores the bountiful soils of California, Napa Valley, 

Bordeaux, and China.

Bringing two hemispheres together with  a partnership between 

Penfolds and Dourthe 

This partnership between Penfolds and one of Bordeaux’s most 

respected winemaking groups, Dourthe, was born from a shared 

desire of two winemakers to express quality through a harmonious 

blend of traditional French winemaking techniques and time-

honoured Australian winemaking methods. Combining the creativity, 

direction and vision of Penfolds Chief Winemaker Peter Gago and 

Dourthe Chief Winemaker Frédéric Bonnaffous, the two houses 

collaborated to craft a wine that spans Northern and Southern 

Hemispheres, blending grapes from Bordeaux (71%) and South 

Australia (29%). Made from the 2019 vintage, the final wine was 

blended and bottled in South Australia by Penfolds winemakers – and 

released as part of The Penfolds Collection 2022.

Excellence in Chardonnay with Penfolds V

In February 2023, Penfolds unveiled its first multi-vintage Chardonnay 

– Penfolds V. A special blend of five of the best Yattarna vintages (2011, 

2012, 2014, 2016 and 2021), Penfolds V began as a white winemaking 

‘what if’ that turned into a ‘why not’, sensitively selected and blended 

by Penfolds Chief Winemaker Peter Gago and White Winemaker 

Kym Schroeter. Penfolds Yattarna was first released in 1995 after 144 

winemaking trials. A wine of meticulous refinement, generations of 

Penfolds winemakers inspired the creation of this white wine that went 

on to earn a reputation as one of Australia’s finest. Today, we see 

2019 Penfolds French Winemaking Trial 585 

the patience, courage, and evolution of Penfolds white winemaking 

The second of two inaugural French wines launched in August 2022 

endeavours personified in this new multi-vintage blend.

as part of the 2022 Penfolds Collection, the 2019 Penfolds French 

Winemaking Trial 585 is a trial Bin wine made of Cabernet Sauvignon, 

One By Penfolds 

Merlot and Petit Verdot at Cambon la Pelouse Winery. Since 2018, a 

In September 2022, Penfolds announced a new range of wines made 

number of blends were tasted throughout the classification process 

in France, America and China under a new tier: One by Penfolds. 

where comprehensive and focused wine trials marked the beginning 

Launched in China as a prelude to the global launch in mid-2023, 

of this new chapter for Penfolds in France.  

the first release included four wines from France, America and China, 

expanding on Penfolds multi-country of origin approach. For this 

inaugural release, Penfolds partnered with artist Ori Toor to create 

unique illustrations on each wine label that creatively capture the 

local communities of the three winemaking regions where the One by 

Penfolds China grapes are sourced from. 

27

Divisional performance overview

1
Penfolds

A$m (unless  
otherwise stated)

Volume (m 9Le)

NSR (A$m)

ANZ

Asia

Americas

EMEA

NSR per case (A$)

EBITS (A$m)

EBITS margin (%)

Reported currency

Constant currency

F23

2.3

819.7

235.9

467.4

51.5

65.0

354.4

364.7

44.5%

F22

2.2

717.3

199.2

407.2

54.3

56.6

332.2

319.3

%

7.1%

14.3%

18.4%

14.8%

(5.2)%

14.9%

6.7%

14.2%

44.5%

(0.0)ppts

F22

2.2

720.2

199.1

407.0

58.7

55.3

333.5

315.7

43.8%

%

7.1%

13.8%

18.5%

14.8%

(12.4)%

17.4%

6.3%

15.5%

0.7ppts

Financial performance
Volume and NSR increased 7.1% and 13.8% respectively, driven by: 

Division insights

Key F23 execution highlights are detailed below.

•  Continued strong momentum across key Asian markets, 

•  Strong distribution growth in Asia, Australia and EMEA, reflecting 

growth in the multi-country of origin and Bin and Icon 

Penfolds focus on building penetration in target accounts 

portfolios in addition to the successful launch of One by 

across priority markets. 

Penfolds in Mainland China 

•  Excellent progress in Australia, with gains delivered across 

focused on growing consumer demand, including continued 

independent retail, national accounts and on-premise  

execution of Penfolds ‘Venture Beyond’ thematic, Penfolds 

House activations in seven global locations, and sponsorship  

•  Growth in key EMEA markets including the UK and Germany,  

of the Victoria Racing Club Derby Day and Australian Open 

and in travel retail 

tennis tournament. 

•  Successful activation of key brand-building platforms  

•  Partly offset by declines in the Americas due to reduced 

•  The expansion of Penfolds multi-country of origin portfolio 

shipments in Latin America, while depletions continue to grow 

with the 2022 Penfolds Collection launch including the release 

in the US 

NSR per case increased 6.3% reflecting improvement in mix, as well 
as price increases on luxury Cabernet Bins. 

COGS per case increased 15.1% reflecting the release of wine 
from the lower yielding 2020 Australian vintage and increased 

contribution from the higher cost US and French portfolios.

of wines from three countries of origin: Australia, the US and 

the inaugural release from France. This was followed by the 

successful launch of Chinese-sourced and produced One by 

Penfolds in September 2022. A global launch followed in  

July 2023. 

•  Trends for distribution and volume growth are expected to 

remain consistent across Penfolds priority markets in F24,  

with top-line growth to reflect continued momentum for the Bin 

CODB increased 2.0%, driven by increased brand building investment 
to accelerate the momentum of distribution and demand growth in 

and Icon portfolio in addition to expansion of the  

newly-launched One by Penfolds tier.  

Penfolds key global markets.

EBITS increased 15.5% to $364.7m and EBITS margin increased 
0.7ppts to 44.5%.

1.     Unless otherwise stated, all figures and percentage movements from prior periods are  
pre-material items on a constant currency basis versus the prior corresponding period and are 
subject to rounding.

28

•  TWE notes the continued improvement in relations between 

Australia and China, which may have the potential for a future 

review of tariffs on Australian wine. In light of this, TWE will take 

a measured approach to the phasing of Penfolds shipments 

across all markets to retain the flexibility of its global distribution 

and pricing model, which is planned to result in EBITS being 

weighted to the second half in F24. 

•  EBITS margin is expected to remain stable in F24, and delivered 

in line with the revised division target of approximately 45% 

(replacing the previous target range of 40-45%).

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 202329

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023i

s
d
n
a
r
B
m
u
m
e
r
P
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

30

 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Treasury Premium Brands

About Treasury Premium Brands
A premium wine business with a portfolio of outstanding wine  

brands, global viticultural assets and world-class production  

facilities, Treasury Premium Brands caters to a diverse range of 

consumer needs and occasions. With a range of priority brands,  

the division is focused on premium portfolio expansion and  

consumer-led innovation. 

Setting trends in wine

We were crowned Trend Leader of the Year by one of our largest 

Australian customers at the Endeavour Group Supplier Awards, in 

recognition of our innovative Squealing Pig and Wolf Blass  

Bagnums – a format that offers convenience, affordability and 

sustainable packaging rolled into one. The 1.5 litre lightweight,  

easy-to-carry ‘magnum in a bag’ has seven times lower carbon 

emissions than a traditional 750ml glass bottle, launching in time for 

Pepperjack, Squealing Pig and Wynns continue their  

the southern hemisphere’s spring picnic season.

global expansion

Pepperjack launched in the UK, while the unconventional Squealing 

A music icon Down Under: Snoop visits TWE HQ

Pig was introduced to our consumers in China. Wynns continues  

Our Melbourne team had a truly unforgettable experience, with  

to grow its presence on luxury channels including the internationally 

Snoop dropping in at TWE HQ during the Melbourne leg of his ‘I 

renowned fine wine marketplace La Place de Bordeaux, reaching  

a network of international fine wine buyers and collectors in over  

100 countries.

Wanna Thank Me’ tour. To commemorate Snoop’s visit, renowned 

artist Matty Te Paea created a street mural in Melbourne’s famous 

Hosier Lane, inspired by the 19 Crimes label and photorealistic urban 

street art. Shehan Ananthakumar, Global Senior Brand Manager for 

Treasury Premium Brands, stepped away from his day job to be DJ for 

an afternoon of classic tunes and conversation with a music legend. 

Snoop fans attending his sellout concerts in Melbourne and Sydney 

could sip on an exclusive 19 Crimes Snoop Cali Rosé Frosé.

31

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Treasury Premium Brands (continued)

Innovation in no and low alcohol wine

Hot on the heels of the award-winning Wolf Blass Zero range, our 

latest offering in no and low alcohol wine goes one step further: 

blending an iconic brand with an emerging consumer preference for 

moderation. At 7% alcohol by volume, Pepperjack mid-strength Shiraz 

has half the alcohol of the original while staying true to the character 

that’s made it Australia’s #1 Shiraz for value and the country’s 

favourite steak accompaniment. Lighter in alcohol expressions of key 

varietals gives consumers more choice: they might be moderating 

their alcohol intake because they’re more health conscious, or they 

might just be driving home. The growing alternatives in this popular 

category allow consumers to continue being part of social occasions 

with friends and family, with complex aroma and mouthfeel that 

replicates the character of full-strength wine counterparts. 

32
32

Celebrating love with every sip

Squealing Pig marked the ’Summer of Love’ as the official wine of the 

Australian Open tennis tournament in Melbourne, as well as Sydney 

Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras, and Sydney WorldPride 2023 - the  

biggest event in the southern hemisphere since the Sydney 2000 

Olympics. The Summer of Love campaign celebrated diversity across 

our communities and Squealing Pig’s exclusive Pride Labels were the 

talk of the town. Developed in collaboration with the global Treasury 

Wine Estates Pride employee resource group and the Australian 

not-for-profit workplace inclusion organisation Pride in Diversity, the 

labels celebrate diverse groups in the LGBTQIA+ community: lesbian, 

gay, bisexual, queer or non-binary, transgender, intersex, asexual, 

pansexual and other gender-diverse identities.

Divisional performance overview

Treasury 
Premium  
1
Brands

A$m (unless  
otherwise stated)

Volume (m 9Le)

NSR (A$m)

ANZ

Asia

Americas

EMEA

NSR per case (A$)

EBITS (A$m)

EBITS margin (%)

Reported currency

Constant currency

F22

16.0

829.8

382.1

72.7

33.8

341.2

52.0

86.4

10.4%

%

(10.4)%

(5.7)%

(3.9)%

0.4%

(18.9)%

(7.8)%

5.2%

(5.4)%

(0.0)ppts

F22

16.0

820.7

381.4

73.3

32.5

333.5

51.5

78.6

9.6%

%

(10.4)%

(4.7)%

(3.7)%

(0.5)%

(15.5)%

(5.6)%

6.3%

4.0%

0.9ppts

F23

14.3

782.4

367.2

73.0

27.4

314.8

54.7

81.7

10.4%

Financial performance
Volume and NSR declined 10.4% and 4.7% respectively, reflecting: 

Division insights

Key F23 execution highlights are detailed below.

•  Reduced commercial portfolio volumes in the UK and Australia  

•  Solid performance of the priority premium portfolio, where NSR 

•  Asia performance in line with the pcp, with strong growth in 

Pig and Pepperjack. 19 Crimes NSR increased 8.3%, driven by 

South-East Asia offset by pandemic-related decline in  

distribution growth in EMEA and the benefits of price increases. 

grew 7.8% led by key brands including 19 Crimes, Squealing 

Mainland China   

NSR per case increased 6.3% reflecting the benefit of price increases 
and improved portfolio mix, with the premium and luxury portfolios 

•  The delivery of double-digit gross profit growth from the 

premium and luxury portfolio. 

now contributing 61% of NSR (up from 58% in F22). 

•  Category-leading innovation in the no and low alcohol  

COGS per case increased 4.8% driven by the portfolio mix shift  
and partly offset by benefits from the global supply chain 

optimisation program. 

segment with the launch of several new products, including 

Pepperjack mid-strength, with $10 million planned capital 

investment in supporting technology, reflecting TWE’s focus on 

becoming the global category leader in no and low  

alcohol wine.  

CODB improved 3.2%, reflecting the gain on sale of assets of  
$5.9 million in 1H23 and re-alignment of brand investment due to  

•  TWE has implemented a range of initiatives in the Treasury 

reduced volume, partly offset by employee expenses.

Premium Brands operating model aimed at delivering greater 

EBITS increased 4.0% to $81.7 million, and EBITS margin improved 
0.9ppts to 10.4%.

operational and strategic flexibility to enable continued 

growth of its premium and luxury portfolio. 

•  A focus on continued top-line growth of the priority premium 

brand portfolio, in addition to cost optimisation initiatives, 

is expected to deliver modest EBITS margin growth in F24 

towards the revised divisional mid-teens target (from high-

teens previously). 

1.     Unless otherwise stated, all figures and percentage movements from prior periods are  
pre-material items on a constant currency basis versus the prior corresponding period and are 
subject to rounding.

33

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
s
a
c
i
r
e
m
A
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

34

Frank Family Vineyards harvest, Napa Valley, California. 
Photo by Marisa McCann, Brand Manager. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Treasury Americas

About Treasury Americas
A consumer-led wine business with disruptive marketing, strong 

e-commerce capability, and an innovation focus, Treasury Americas 

leads change in the Americas wine market.   

Celebrating 30 Years of Frank Family Vineyards

Welcomed into the Treasury Americas family in 2021, Frank Family 

Vineyards celebrated 30 years of winemaking this year and 

unveiled a new hospitality space, the Miller House, which will host 

exclusive events for larger groups. What better way to mark the 

occasion than with a new addition to the sparkling wine portfolio? 

Rich and Leslie Frank toasted to Frank Family Vineyards’ legendary 

winemaker, Todd Graff, with the new 2015 Lady Edythe Reserve 

Brut Rosé named in honour of Rich’s mother. In the Napa Valley 

Register’s Napa Valley Finest Awards, Frank Family Vineyards also 

BV recognised for value

took out awards for ‘Best Winery’ and ‘Best White Wine’, reflecting 

the winery’s incomparable hospitality experience and exceptional 

Chardonnay the brand is famous for. 

Beaulieu Vineyard was named Wine Spectator’s ‘Value Wine of 

the Year’ for the 2019 Napa Valley Cabernet Sauvignon. The award 

recognises wine that over-delivers on quality for its price. Senior 

Editor James Molesworth noted the 92-point wine’s characteristics 

as "fresh, direct, and focused, with red currant and cherry coulis 

notes that race through, dotted with savory floral and tobacco 

accents. Judicious toast lets the fruit play out, and there's solid 

energy throughout."

Matua Coolers and Matua Lighter

Matua Lighter, a top 10 better-for-you SKU in the US, offers 

consumers the same quality and approachable wine style as 

the core Sauvignon Blanc. Both beverages deliver on consumers’ 

desires to enjoy better-for-you products with lower alcohol, 

calories, and sugar. With a mix of crisp Matua Sauvignon Blanc, 

sparkling water, and a splash of kiwi in a can, Matua Coolers is 

a new innovation for summertime pool parties, barbeques, and 

country clubs. 

19 Crimes Launches Snoop Dogg’s Cali Gold

Snoop Dogg’s Cali Gold was named the No. 1 Sparkling Wine 

Innovation for 2022, the No. 3 innovation in the sparkling category, 

and outperformed all top sparkling launches over the last five 

years. The brand continues to disrupt the industry, attracting new 

consumers into wine in ways unlike any other brand including 

through augmented reality that created the first-ever rapping wine 

label. In Snoop’s words, “Glasses up, let’s make a toast to success  

and nothing less.”

35

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Divisional performance overview

Treasury 
1
Americas

A$m (unless  
otherwise stated)

Volume (m 9Le)

Reported currency

Constant currency

F23

5.5

F22

7.3

%

(25.4)%

F22

7.3

%

% Organic

(25.4)%

(25.4)%

NSR (A$m)

820.8

929.6

(11.7)%

1,005.8

(18.4)%

(23.1)%

ANZ

Asia

Americas

EMEA

NSR per case (A$)

EBITS (A$m)

EBITS margin (%)

—

—

820.8

—

150.0

203.9

24.8%

—

—

—

—

 —

—

—

—

—

—

929.6

(11.7)%

1,005.8

(18.4)%

(23.1)%

—

126.7

178.9

19.2%

—

18.4%

14.0%

5.6ppts

—

137.1

204.5

20.3%

—

9.4%

—

3.1%

(0.3)%

(10.3%)

4.5ppts

3.2ppts

Financial performance
Volume and NSR declined 25.4% and 18.4% respectively driven by:  

Division insights

Key F23 execution highlights are detailed below.

•  Premium portfolio shipment declines, led by 19 Crimes and 

Sterling Vineyards, partly offset by growth for Matua 

•  Strong luxury portfolio strategy execution in a year of 

constrained availability, laying a strong platform for future 

growth from F25. 

•  Reduced luxury wine volume availability from the lower 

yielding 2020 California vintage  

•  Excluding NPD, depletions exceeded shipments by approximately 

0.6m cases, reflecting increased focus on inventory management 

by distributors and retailers 

NSR per case increased 9.4% reflecting the portfolio mix shift towards 
luxury and price increases on several portfolio brands. 

COGS per case was in line with F22, with portfolio mix shift  
impacts largely offset by savings from the global supply chain 

optimisation program.

CODB reduced 8.8% driven by lower discretionary overhead costs. 

EBITS declined 0.3%, with EBITS margin increasing 4.5ppts to 24.8%; 
on an organic basis EBITS declined 10.3%.

Note: TWE’s Canadian operations have been reorganised to better 
reflect the way brands are being managed. The results of Canada 

have been re-stated within Treasury Americas and Treasury 

Premium Brands.

•  Double-digit price rises delivered on a number of key brands 

while selling through all the available vintage.  

•  Frank Family Vineyards delivered a strong result, exceeding 

expectations in its first full year as part of Treasury Americas 

and with increased availability to support growth from 4Q24. 

•  Good momentum across cellar doors and wine clubs, with NSR 

increasing by 10% in F23.  

•  The total 19 Crimes franchise remained in growth across 

scan channels during F23, up 1% outperforming the premium 
segment2 which declined slightly.  

•  Premium portfolio performance in F24 will be supported by  

the launch of the new brand platform for the 19 Crimes 

Classics tier through 1H24, continued innovation for 19 Crimes 

and Matua and the reopening of the Sterling Winery. 

•  The availability of key luxury portfolio brands will remain 

relatively constrained in F24, albeit delivering growth, ahead of 

a return to normalised availability from F25. 

•  EBITS margin is expected to be delivered in the range of  

22-23%, reflecting higher COGS and increased investment 

behind 19 Crimes.

1.       Unless otherwise stated, all figures and percentage movements from prior periods are  
pre-material items on a constant currency basis versus the prior corresponding period and  
are subject to rounding.
2.      IRI Market Advantage, Total MULO+C, US$8-20 table and sparkling, Value, 52 weeks ending
2 July 2023.

36

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Vintage update

Australia 
Vintage 2023 was characterised by cooler and wetter conditions, 

France 
Conditions in the south of France are supporting a good quality  

resulting in below-average industry volumes across most regions. 

2023 vintage with industry tonnage expected to be in line with 

Despite the challenges, overall quality remained impressive and 

the long-term average. In the Bordeaux region disease pressure 

TWE’s multi-regional and flexible sourcing strategy ensured a 

remains a risk but a warm summer forecast should help manage 

consistent supply of high-quality grapes. TWE’s total intake was 

this risk. In TWE’s own vineyards, yield is expected to be favourable,  

down compared to vintage 2022 and on a relative basis, vintage 

benefiting from the recent vineyard investment program, including 

2023 was a high-cost vintage. 

the acquisition of Château Lanessan. TWE’s strong partner network  

in Bordeaux is continuing to support growth in the intake of high 

California 

quality fruit. 

Early growing conditions for the 2023 California season are positive, 

with high winter rainfall setting up the season for larger yield and a 

Italy 

later harvest. All regions and varieties have benefited from increased 

Current expectations are for a smaller vintage 2023 in many regions 

water availability. TWE’s luxury intake is expected to be higher than 

of Italy after heavy rains created disease pressure across many 

vintage 2022 due to the favourable conditions to date. 

regions. TWE’s intake is expected to meet demand from a quality 

New Zealand 

and volume perspective, with the combination of a favourable 

summer forecast, proactive management of disease pressure and 

Vintage 2023 was of average volume and high quality, similar to 

TWE’s flexible sourcing strategy mitigating the vintage risk. 

vintage 2022, returning the industry to a balanced supply position 

after several years of undersupply. TWE’s yield was above average 

and delivered great varietal flavours. TWE is collaborating with 

China 
Conditions to date in TWE’s key wine production regions in Mainland 

new growers in the New Zealand market to increase the supply of 

China - Yunnan and Ningxia - are expected to deliver below average 

Sauvignon Blanc grapes, a varietal where global demand continues 

harvests. TWE continues to work with growers in both regions to 

to grow. 

upgrade vineyards to produce higher quality fruit and expects intake 

in vintage 2023 to increase, supporting Penfolds China country of 

origin growth ambitions.

Castello di Gabbiano, Tuscany, Italy.  
Photo by Francesco Caselli, Head of Agriculture and Site Manager,  
and Silvia Botelli, Public Relations Specialist.

37

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Reconciliation of key performance measures

Metric (A$m unless  
otherwise stated)

Management calculation

Statutory net profit

Income tax expense

EBITS

Net finance costs

Material items (gain)/loss

SGARA (gain)/loss

EBITS

EBITS

EBITDAS

Depreciation and Amortisation

1
EPS

EBITDAS

Statutory net profit

Material items (gain)/loss

Tax on material items

SGARA

Tax on SGARA

NPAT (before material items and SGARA)

Weighted average number of shares (millions)

EPS (cents)

EBITS (LTM)

Net assets

SGARA in inventory

Net debt

ROCE

Capital employed – Current year

Net assets (CFX)

SGARA in inventory (CFX)

Net debt (CFX)

Capital employed – Prior year (CFX)

Average capital employed

2
ROCE

1.   Excludes earnings attributable to non-controlling interests.
2.  F22 includes impacts from divested and acquired portfolio brands in Treasury Americas. 

38

F23

254.3

82.8

72.7

109.2

64.5

583.5

583.5

147.3

730.8

254.5

109.2

(33.2)

64.5

(18.9)

376.1

721.8

52.1

583.5

F22

263.2

109.7

71.4

45.5

33.9

523.7

523.7

148.6

672.3

263.2

45.5

(10.5)

33.9

(9.5)

322.6

721.8

44.7

523.7

3,879.1

3,789.0

(37.8)

1,386.2

(45.0)

1,254.3

5,227.4

4,998.3

3,875.7

3,690.0

(44.9)

1,285.2

(30.3)

1,130.0

5,116.0

4,789.7

5,171.7

4,894.0

11.3%

10.7%

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

39

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Sustainability

In the face of a changing world and 
challenging market conditions we 
continue to make good progress on our 
sustainability agenda. We continue to 
build a more resilient business, produce 
sustainable wine, and prioritise the 
wellbeing of our people, communities, 
and consumers. 

Through this commitment to sustainability we aspire to shape a 

We continue to invest to improve our data, processes and systems 

positive future for everyone who touches our business, from grape  

to support this transition, ensuring that sustainability is embedded 

to glass.

into our business and decision making. 

Our approach 
Our approach to sustainability is embedded in our Ambition and 

Our sustainability strategy and programs are informed by best 

practice initiatives and guidance including the Global Reporting 

Game Plan, and is driven by our DNA. It reflects a clear commitment 

Initiative, the United Nations Global Compact and the UN 

to innovation, partnership and taking a leadership role not just 

Sustainable Development Goals and are evolving to holistically 

across the global wine sector, but looking to those leading the 

meet the requirements of the recently released standards from the 

beverages sector more broadly.

International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB).

This bold ambition requires an integrated approach to sustainability 

with a focus on long-term value creation and leading collective 

action to effectively manage risks and make the most of new and 

emerging opportunities. 

Cultivating a brighter future

F O S T E R I N G H E A LTHY AND
I N C L U S I V E C O MMUNITIES

C O N S U M E R
H E A L T H   A N D
R E S P O N S I B L E
D R I N K I N G

INCLUSION,
EQUITY AND
DIVERSITY

D

G

E

H ,
A L T
N
Y   A
EI N
T
F E
W E L L B

H

A

S

NS

CLIMATE RISK
D GHG
EMISSIO
AN

SINESS

A
G
DIN
U
B
UIL
T
N
B
IE
IL
S
E
R

R
E
T
A
W

P
I
H
S
D
R
A
W
E
T
S

S

U

S

P

A

T
AIN

A

C

N

K

D CIR

C

E

A

O

C

N

O

A

BLE

GIN
ULA

G

R

M

Y

S

U

P

S

R

T

O

A

I

D

N

U

S

G

A

C

U

R

P

S

B

I

R

T

O

L

N

O

W

A

D

I

I

N

E

G

N

U

A

G

C

B

W

T

A

L

I

E

N

O

D

N

I

N

E

S
U
P
P
L
Y

R
E
S
P
O
N
S

C
H
A

I

B
L

E

I

N

Our sustainability agenda has three focus areas:

Building a resilient business. We want to 
ensure our business is resilient in the face of 

increasing uncertainty, complexity  

Fostering healthy and inclusice 
communities. We want to foster safe, 
sociable and connected communities where 

Producing sustainable wine. We want 
every consumer to experience wine that is 

sustainably grown, made and packaged.

and change.

40

our brands are promoted, and our wine is 

consumed, safely and responsibly.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Progress
Notable performance callouts over the year are included below. 

Governance and reporting
In F23 management continued to focus on the execution of our 

•  We completed 21 solar installations at nine sites, generating 

sustainability agenda. Progress against strategic roadmaps for 

6,000 MWh per year – enough to power 1,000 homes.  

each of our public commitments, alongside key enablers such 

•  We continued to invest significantly in the no and low alcohol 

to executive sponsors, with regular reporting to the Executive 

as communications, reporting and data was reported monthly 

category, with new products including Squealing Pig no and 

Leadership Team (ELT).

low alcohol options and Pepperjack mid-strength Shiraz 

joining existing lighter options from Lindeman’s and the 

The Board oversees TWE’s approach to, and management 

award-winning Wolf Blass Zero range.   

of sustainability (or ESG) matters and receives updates on 

•  Collaboration with growers and bulk wine providers 

specialist training for Directors was conducted on key ESG trends, 

accelerated adoption of region-relevant certification, with 

with particular insights on climate risk, nature and  

sustainability and the status of key priorities and initiatives. In F23 

86% of fruit sourced from Australian growers now certified by 

water stewardship. 

Sustainable Winegrowing Australia and 100% of New Zealand 

volume certified by Sustainable Winegrowing New Zealand –

TWE established a Board Wine Operations and Sustainability 

with progress in other regions well underway. 

Committee in F22 for greater focus on strategic, long-term 

planning and operational issues in winemaking, sustainability, 

•  Development of a climate risk assessment framework for our 

and supply chain in its own operations and relationships with the 

viticultural assets, acknowledging the impact of a changing 

sector in different winemaking regions. The Wine Operations and 

climate on our key growing regions.  

Sustainability Committee continued to meet regularly over F23, 

engaging on a broad range of topics related to our performance 

•  A significant reduction in the serious incident frequency rate of 

including climate risk and adaptation, Net Zero emissions, and  

1.2 percentage points to 0.2 as a result of the concerted focus 

water stewardship.

on safety during the year, including our leader-led campaign 

‘Build safe together’, as well as a range of mental health 

TWE’s reporting on sustainability or ESG topics is captured in the 

initiatives including ‘Mental health first aid’ and ‘Mental health 

Company’s annual Sustainability Report, which provides updates on 

awareness’ information sessions. 

progress and performance. The Board has oversight of our key ESG 

•  We launched our first Alcohol and Health Policy, setting out 

our position and commitments on issues such as product 

transparency, reducing harmful consumption and responsible 

marketing.  

disclosures, including the Sustainability Report.

Taskforce on climate related financial  
disclosures (TCFD)
As a global viticultural business, TWE is exposed to both physical  

and transitional climate risks. The physical impacts of climate 

•  Overall gender diversity improved to 42.8% (a 1.3% increase  

change include more frequent extreme weather events, but 

from F22), but the proportion of females in senior management 

importantly for our business, the long-term risks arising from 

roles decreased to 44.5% (a decrease of 0.4% from F22).

changes in climate patterns such as increased temperature and 

While we are pleased with our performance over the year we 

water security. 

acknowledge that we have more work to do. We remain focused 

Transitional risks and opportunities arise from political, legal, 

on improving the quality of our data and supporting systems, 

technological, and market responses to the challenges posed by 

deepening the integration of sustainability considerations across our 

climate change and the transition to a lower carbon economy.  

business and supporting collaborative action on key issues in our 

We continue to monitor these emerging trends, together with 

operating markets.

changing consumer preferences and expectations.

A fulsome overview of progress against our strategic focus areas 

We are seeking to increasingly align our climate disclosures with the 

and public commitments will be available in our 2023 Sustainability 

recommendations of the TCFD and in line with the requirements of 

Report, released later this year.

the recently-released ISSB Standards, as well as preparing for future 

mandatory reporting requirements. 

In F23 we continued to refine our climate risk model (for our 

viticultural sites) that uses localised data to enable more specific 

projections. The outcomes will inform the range of risk mitigation 

and adaptation responses that we might consider at our  

viticultural sites. 

41

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Inclusion, equity  
and diversity

Our commitment to inclusion,  
equity and diversity

TWE’s inclusion, equity and diversity (IE&D) 
strategy is underpinned by a commitment 
to upholding the International Bill of Human 
Rights, as well as the United Nations Guiding 
Principles on Business and Human Rights, 
and Modern Slavery Acts. TWE benefits from 
the diversity of our people, with their variety 
of backgrounds, ideas, cultures, ethnicities, 
talents, genders and voices.

Our inclusive, supportive and collaborative culture attracts and 

retains the best talent, with an environment where people from 

diverse backgrounds can bring their unique perspectives and 

contribute to the organisation’s success.

The Board has committed to reviewing and assessing progress 

against TWE’s IE&D objectives annually. The Company is pleased to 

report progress in F23, together with the F24 measurable objectives. 

The Company’s IE&D policy can be found at tweglobal.com.

F23 diversity target and objectives
Recommendation 1.5 of the ASX Corporate Governance Principles 

and Recommendations states that a company’s board or board 

F23 progress towards the IE&D Strategy
The Company’s IE&D plan is built on the foundations established in 

recent years and focuses on IE&D being leader-led, integrated into 

the way that we work and inclusive of all employees. Highlights of 

progress against the F23 plans are detailed below.

F23 progress on diversity targets 

44.5%0.4% DECREASE

Females in  
leadership roles

42.8%1.3% INCREASE

Females in  
all roles

committee is to set the measurable objectives for achieving 

Leaders who model our DNA

gender diversity. The targets that have been set by the Board are 

•  To support leaders to integrate IE&D into everyday interactions 

laid out below.

and experience the power of empathy and perspective 

through storytelling, we led ‘Belonging conversations’ with 

1.       To increase female representation in leadership roles to 50%       

members of the Global Leadership Group. This experience 

         by 2025, while continuing to foster an inclusive culture. 

reinforced our leadership attributes and was an opportunity 

for leaders to practice creating a greater sense of belonging 

2.      To increase female representation across the total TWE   

and develop a deeper appreciation of the role of connection 

         workforce to 42% by 2025.

in building an inclusive culture. 

The three pillars of our refreshed IE&D strategy 
Leaders who model our DNA: developing leaders who steadfastly 
role model and lead inclusion.

•  To build future leaders, Empower Me, TWE’s development 

program for females and non-binary employees, was 

expanded to include new and emerging leaders from 

Engaged employees, consumers and communities: achieving 
meaningful outcomes from employees who bring their whole 

under-represented groups across the business. During 2023 

a total of 30 employees were enrolled in the program and 

are encouraged to take leadership roles within Employee 

selves to work, and consumers who recognise our commitment to 

Resource Groups (ERGs) and represent TWE publicly.

inclusion and diversity through our brands.  

Employer of choice: creating industry-leading policies and work 
processes that maximise inclusion and minimise bias.

Engaged employees, consumers and communities

•  To position IE&D within Supply in Australia as business critical 

and an intrinsic part of our Employee Value Proposition, as well 

as encouraging the involvement of Supply employees, a Supply 

The CEO and all ELT members had a Diversity and Inclusion Key 

IE&D governance structure was established. This structure is 

Performance Objective (KPO) to deliver the objectives in F23.

led by the Chief Supply Officer and members of the Supply 

Leadership Team, who review and support plans to build 

engagement. For example, members of the Supply Leadership 

Team led an ERG roadshow, visiting all Supply sites and providing 

education sessions to show how IE&D is relevant to all employees 

irrespective of location, and how ERGs can support employees 

to feel a sense of belonging. In the US, IE&D and the ERG topics 

have been included in front line supervisory training for new and 

developing front line leaders. 

43

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Inclusion, equity and diversity (continued)

•  To promote Reconciliation with Aboriginal and Torres Strait 

•  We were recognised as an employer of choice with  

Islander peoples, a Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) working  

these accolades: 

group was established. Under the guidance of the Chief Supply 

and Sustainability Officer, the Chief People Officer and Chief of 

• 

Recognised by the Australian Financial Review as one of                    

Staff, and with the support of an external consultant, the working 

          the Best Places to Work 

group has commenced the development of a Reflect RAP, with 

activities planned against each element, and with specific focus 

on increasing understanding, value and recognition of Aboriginal 

and Torres Strait Islander cultures, histories, knowledge and rights 

• 

• 

Certified as a Great Place to Work in the UK 

TWE Americas was recognised as one of the Healthiest 

through cultural learning and establishing and strengthening 

          Employers of the Bay Area for the mid-sized  company    

mutually beneficial relationships with Aboriginal and Torres Strait 

          category, taking out first place, up from fourth in F22

Islander stakeholders and organisations.  

•  To celebrate and raise awareness of the diversity of LGBTQIA+ 

communities, TWE and Squealing Pig sponsored the Australian 

Open tennis tournament in Melbourne and Sydney  

WorldPride 2023. 

•  To raise awareness of a diverse range of causes and 

communities, we hosted or participated in events including 16 

days of Activism against Gender Based Violence, International 

Women’s Day, A Taste of Harmony, Pride Month, Indigenous 

walks of Melbourne and Culture Days. We also participated in 

F24 objectives and initiatives
TWE continues to strive towards the targets listed below.

• 

• 

Increase female representation in leadership roles to 50%  
by 2025. 

Increase female representation across the total TWE 
workforce to 42% by 2025. 

•  Continue to foster an inclusive and equitable culture.

The following high priority initiatives are planned to build on the 

industry events including The Black Food & Wine Experience 

Company’s achievements in F24.

in the US, as well as Black Business Week and Diversity & 

Inclusion in Grocery LIVE! In the UK.  

•  Support ongoing executive sponsorship of ERGs to lift their 

impact and sustain a culture of inclusion and belonging. 

Employer of choice

•  To enable us to understand how we impact different groups 

• 

Increase IE&D engagement with Supply through education 

of employees over time and to be data-led in our IE&D 

plans for the future, we piloted the collection of personal 

demographic data (non-anonymised) in the UK. This followed 

significant employee consultation and engagement, and an 

in-depth data protection impact assessment to ensure all 

necessary controls were implemented to protect individual 

privacy. Employees are encouraged to voluntarily disclose 

demographic data including racial or cultural background, 

disability, caring status, gender including a non-binary 

and partnerships with ERGs. 

•  Continue to evolve our approach to our talent pipeline and 

onboarding to drive an increase in female representation in 

areas with <40% current female representation.  

•  Evolve data collection and analysis to measure diversity of 

factors other than gender.

option and veteran status. Data collection will be extended to 

employees in other countries during F24 and questions will be 

The CEO and all ELT members have a Leadership, Inclusion, Equity 

and Diversity Key Performance Objective (KPO) to deliver the above 

extended to include sexuality. 

objectives in F24.

•  To sustain our culture and business performance we evolved 

our approach to hybrid work in our Melbourne office. Our 

focus is to encourage employees to come into the office more 

often than not, and in doing so provide employees with the 

autonomy to decide the right days to come in, the opportunity 

to build capability and to connect with each other, developing 

a sense of purpose and belonging, and of contributing to 

something bigger.  

Board diversity objective
The Board is committed to ensuring it is comprised of individuals 

with appropriate skills, experience and diversity to develop and 

support the Company’s strategic imperatives. The importance of 

cultural, geographic and gender diversity is reflected in the Board’s 

membership, with three Non-Executive Directors based offshore in 

regions in which the Company operates. Females represent 37.5% 

of the Board as at the date of this report. 

•  To ensure remuneration equity globally, we reviewed our 

gender pay gap to determine the difference between male 

and female earnings, irrespective of role or seniority.  

Five adjustments to remuneration were made as a result of 

this analysis. 

44

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Organisational gender profile

The Company makes the following diversity disclosures in relation 

to Recommendation 1.5 of the ASX Corporate Governance Principles 

and Recommendations.

Recommendation 1.5 requirement

Proportion of females in the whole organisation 

As at 30 June 2023, 42.8% of the Group’s employees were female.

Proportion of females in senior executive1 positions  
within the Group 

As at 30 June 2023, 36.4% of senior executive positions within the 

Group were held by females.

Proportion of females on the Board of the Company

As at 30 June 2023, 37.5% of the Company’s Board of Directors  

(including Executive Directors) were female.

The Board is committed to ensuring that it is comprised of  

individuals with appropriate skills, experience, and diversity to  

develop and support the Company’s strategic aims. 

The Board’s objective is that at least 30% of its Directors will be  

of either gender, to maintain gender diversity in its composition.

Further details are set out in the Corporate Governance section  

of the Annual Report.

As an Australian based business, the Company complies with the Workplace Gender Equality Act which requires annual filings to the 

Australian Workplace Gender Equality Agency (WGEA) disclosing ‘Gender Equality Indicators’. This report, covering the 12-month period 

ending 31 March, was published on the WGEA and TWE websites in June 2023: tweglobal.com/careers/diversity-inclusion

Our global workforce by geography 

 AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND 55%

 AMERICAS 27%

 ASIA 9%

 EMEA 9% 

1   For the purposes of this disclosure, the Company has defined ‘senior executive’ as the Chief 
Executive Officer and his/her direct reports. To note, using the TWE definition of leader, 44.5% of roles 
were held by females as at 30 June 2023.

45

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Board of Directors

Paul Rayner
B.E.C, MAdmin, FAICD
Chairman

Member of the Board since 
May 2011 and Chairman of the 
Board and the Nominations 
Committee since September 
2012.

Mr Rayner is an independent 
Director and is an Australian 
resident.

He brings to the Board extensive 
international experience in 
markets relevant to Treasury 
Wine Estates including Europe, 
North America, Asia, as well 
as Australia. He has worked in 
the fields of finance, corporate 
transactions and general 
management in the consumer 
goods, manufacturing and 
resource industries. His last role 
as an executive was as Finance 
Director of British American 
Tobacco plc, based in London, 
from January 2002 to 2008.

Mr Rayner is also a Director  
of Murdoch Children’s Research 
Institute (since December 
2014 and where he also serves 
as Chairman of the Audit, 
Finance and Risk Committee). 
Mr Rayner is a former Director  
of Boral Limited (September 
2008 to June 2023) and a 
former Director of Qantas 
Airways Limited (July 2008 to 
November 2021).

Tim Ford
BBus, MBA 
Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer

Member of the Board since  
July 2020.

Mr Ford is an Australian resident 
and TWE’s Chief Executive 
Officer. 

Since joining TWE in February 
2011, Tim has held key roles 
across the business’s global 
operations, including Director, 
Global Supply and Managing 
Director Europe, South East Asia, 
Middle East and Africa, and 
Deputy Chief Operating Officer 
with responsibilities for Asia, 
Europe and the ANZ regions.
In January 2019 Tim was 
appointed Chief Operating 
Officer with responsibility for 
TWE’s global operations, and 
took the helm as Chief Executive 
Officer on 1 July 2020.

Tim has more than 20 years’ 
experience in the wine, food and 
beverages sectors, with a strong 
track record for disciplined 
execution of strategy, driving 
growth, and building high 
performing and connected 
teams.  Prior to joining TWE, he 
held senior management roles 
with National Foods and CUB. 

Ed Chan
BA/Ec, MS
Non–Executive Director

Garry Hounsell
B.Bus (Acc), FCA, FAICD
Non–Executive Director

Member of the Board since 
September 2012 and a 
member of the Audit and Risk 
Committee.

Mr Chan is an independent 
Director and a Hong Kong 
resident. He is currently a 
Director of Hong Kong-listed LINK 
REIT (since February 2016).

Mr Chan is a former Partner at 
Gaorong Capital (from July 2020 
to June 2022), a former Director 
of Yum China Holdings, Inc (from 
October 2016 to May 2021), a 
former Operating Partner of 
SoftBank Investment Advisers 
(from June 2019 to June 2020), 
the former Vice Chairman of 
Charoen Pokphand Group (from 
January 2012 to February 2018) 
and a former Director of Hong 
Kong-listed CP Lotus (from April 
2012 to February 2018). From 
2006 to 2011, Mr Chan was the 
President and CEO of Wal-Mart 
China. He has also held senior 
positions with Dairy Farm, 
including his last position as 
North Asia Regional Director,  
as well as leading the 
Bertelsmann Music Group 
business in Greater China. Mr 
Chan began his career as a 
consultant with McKinsey & Co 
working in both Hong Kong and 
the United States.

Member of the Board since 
September 2012, Chairman 
of the Wine Operations and 
Sustainability Committee 
and a member of the Audit 
and Risk Committee, Human 
Resources Committee and the 
Nominations Committee.

Mr Hounsell is an independent 
Director and is an Australian 
resident.

He is currently Chairman of 
Helloworld Travel Limited (since 
October 2016), Hiro Brands 
Limited formerly known as 
Wellness and Beauty Solutions 
Limited (since December 
2021), the Commonwealth 
Superannuation Corporation 
Limited (since July 2021, and a 
Director since July 2016) and 
Electro Optic Systems Holding 
Ltd (since November 2022). 
Mr Hounsell is also a Director 
of Findex Group Limited (since 
January 2020).

Mr Hounsell is a former 
Chairman of PanAust Limited 
(from July 2008 to August 2015), 
Myer Holdings Limited (from 
November 2017 to October 2020, 
and a Director from September 
2017 to October 2020), Spotless 
Group Holdings Limited (from 
February 2017 to August 2017, 
and a Director from March 2014 
to August 2017) and a former 
director of Qantas Airways 
Limited (from January 2005 
to February 2015), Integral 
Diagnostics Limited (from 
October 2015 to March 2017) 
and Dulux Group Limited (from 
July 2010 to December 2017), 
and has held senior positions at 
both Ernst & Young and Arthur 
Andersen.

46

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Colleen Jay
B.BA (Hons)
Non–Executive Director

Antonia Korsanos
BEc, CA, GAICD
Non–Executive Director

John Mullen
BSc
Non–Executive Director

Lauri Shanahan
JD Business Law, BS Finance
Non–Executive Director

Member of the Board since April 
2018, a member of the Human 
Resources Committee and a 
member of the Wine Operations 
and Sustainability Committee.

Ms Jay is an independent 
Director and an American 
resident.

Ms Jay has extensive experience 
in the fast-moving consumer 
goods industry, acquired 
over a long and successful 
career at Procter & Gamble 
(P&G, NYSE: PG), an American 
multinational consumer goods 
company, between 1985 and 
2017. She has held a number of 
senior leadership roles at P&G, 
including President of Global 
Retail Hair Care & Colour and 
her most recent position as 
President of the US$5 billion 
Global Beauty Specialty 
business, where she also led 
a complex transition and 
divestiture of several businesses. 

Ms Jay has significant global 
experience having lived and 
worked in the United States, 
Europe, China and Canada. 
Her leadership experience 
includes significant global line 
operational leadership, strategy 
creation and execution, global 
brand building, new business 
development, transformational 
innovation and M&A. 
Ms Jay is currently an 
independent Non-Executive 
Director of The Cooper 
Companies (NYSE: COO) and 
Beyond Meat (NASDAQ: BYND).

Mr Mullen is an independent 
Director and is an Australian 
resident. Member of the Board 
since May 2023.

Mr Mullen has extensive 
experience in international 
transportation and logistics, 
with more than two decades 
in senior positions with some 
of the world’s largest transport 
and infrastructure companies. 
He has lived or worked in 13 
countries. From 2011 to 2017 
Mr Mullen was Chief Executive 
Officer of Asciano, Australia’s 
largest ports and rail operator.  
Prior to this Mr Mullen spent 15 
years with DHL Express, a US$20b 
company employing over 
100,000 people in 220 countries, 
serving as the global Chief 
Executive Officer from 2005 to 
2009.

Prior to DHL, Mr Mullen spent 10 
years with the TNT Group with 
four years as the Chief Executive 
Officer of TNT Express Worldwide 
based in the Netherlands.

Mr Mullen is also Chairman of 
Telstra Group Ltd (since 2016 
and a Director since 2008), 
Chairman of Brambles Ltd (since 
2020), a Director of Brookfield 
Infrastructure Partners L.P. (from 
2021 and previously 2017-2020), 
and Chairman of the Australian 
National Maritime Museum 
(from 2019).

Former Directorships and 
appointments include Chairman 
of Toll Holdings (2017-2022), 
the US National Foreign Trade 
Council in Washington (2008-
2010), and Member of the UNICEF 
Task Force on Workplace Gender 
Discrimination and Harassment 
(2018-2019).

Ms Korsanos is an independent 
Director and an Australian 
resident. 

Ms Korsanos has extensive 
senior executive, strategy, M&A, 
financial, global supply chain 
and governance experience, 
acquired over a successful 
career as Chief Financial Officer 
of ASX-listed Aristocrat Leisure 
Limited between 2009 and 
2018, where she also served as 
Company Secretary from 2011. 
During her career with Aristocrat, 
Ms Korsanos gained a significant 
understanding of the US market 
and regulatory environment, and 
led a number of transformational 
cross-border technology 
acquisitions. 

Prior to joining Aristocrat, Ms 
Korsanos held senior leadership 
roles in the fast-moving 
consumer goods industry for a 
period of 10 years, including at 
Goodman Fielder and Kelloggs. 
Ms Korsanos commenced her 
career with accounting firm 
Coopers & Lybrand (now PwC) 
and has been a Chartered 
Accountant since 1994.

Ms Korsanos was elected as 
Chair of SciPlay Corporation 
(NASDAQ: SCPL) in August 2022, 
and was appointed to the Board 
of Light & Wonder, Inc. (formerly 
known as Scientific Games 
Corporation) (NASDAQ: LNW) in 
September 2020, and elected 
as Executive Vice Chair of Light 
& Wonder Inc. Ms Korsanos 
is a former Director of Crown 
Resorts Limited (from May 
2018 to October 2021), Ardent 
Leisure Group Limited (from 
July 2018 to June 2020) and 
Webjet Limited (from June 2018 
to March 2021). In the private 
sector, in 2019 she co-founded 
a Growth Equity Fund (Ellerston 
JAADE Fund) which invests in 
private Australian technology 
companies. 

Member of the Board since 
November 2016, Chair of the 
Human Resources Committee 
and a member of the 
Nominations Committee. 

Ms Shanahan is an independent 
Director and an American 
resident.

Ms Shanahan has extensive 
retail, hospitality, consumer 
brand, e-commerce, 
sustainability and governance 
experience. She has held senior 
executive positions, including as 
Chief Administrative Officer, Chief 
Legal Officer and Corporate 
Secretary with The Gap Inc, 
where she was involved in 
leading the company’s domestic 
and global expansion and had 
direct oversight responsibility 
for key strategic initiatives 
as well as for operating, 
administrative and sustainability 
functions worldwide. Ms 
Shanahan also founded the 
consulting practice Maroon 
Peak Advisors of which she is a 
Principal.

Ms Shanahan is currently a 
Director of Deckers Outdoor 
Corporation (NYSE: DECK) and 
CAVA Group Inc (NYSE: CAVA).  
Ms Shanahan is a former Director 
of Cedar Fair Entertainment 
Company (NYSE: FUN) and G 
Squared Ascend (NYSE: GSQD.U). 
Ms Shanahan is a former 
member of the California State 
Personnel Board (December 2012 
to March 2022). 

47

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Corporate governance

The Board believes good corporate governance and transparency in 
corporate reporting is a fundamental part of the Company’s culture 
and business practices.

During the year, the Board continued to govern the Company 

Introduction

through the execution of its strategy. Key governance issues for 

the Board during the year included:

•  Overseeing the Company’s sustainability agenda and 

progress, including approval of TWE’s sustainability 

commitments and annual Sustainability Report and TWE’s 

Statement on Human Rights and Modern Slavery as well as 

oversight of performance under TWE’s public sustainability 

commitments and against performance milestones of the 

sustainability linked loan. 

•  Providing input into and approval of the majority acquisition  

The Board is committed to conducting the Company’s business 

ethically and responsibly and in accordance with high standards 

of corporate governance. This is essential for the long-term 

performance and sustainability of the Company and to protect the 

interests of its stakeholders.

To this end, the Board regularly reviews the charters and key policies 

that underpin the Company’s corporate governance practices to 

ensure they remain appropriate, reflect high standards of governance 

and meet regulatory requirements. During the financial year, the 

Company’s governance practices complied with the fourth edition 

of the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 

of Château Lanessan, Bordeaux, France. 

(ASX Principles and Recommendations). 

•  Continued development of Board composition and 

succession plans including the appointment of Mr Mullen  

on 1 May 2023. 

This Corporate Governance section provides an overview of the 

Board’s operations, details on the governance framework and the key 

governance focuses of the Board for the financial year.

•  Overseeing Company culture including the continuation of 

Companywide initiatives to embed the TWE DNA, being the 

Company’s core values. 

•  Continued commitment to the governance of workplace 

health, safety and wellbeing performance, and developing a 

The full Corporate Governance Statement, which outlines the key 

aspects of the Company’s corporate governance framework and 

practices for the year ended 30 June 2023, together with the Appendix 

4G Key to Disclosures – Corporate Governance Council Principles 

and Recommendations and key governance documents, including 

the constitution, charters and policies, are available on our website at 

culture of leadership on safety across the business. 

tweglobal.com/investors/corporate-governance.

•  Providing input into, and approval of, the TWE F24-F28  

Strategic Plan, approving the annual financial budget, and 

monitoring corporate performance and the implementation 

Board of Directors

Members of the Board

of strategy and policy.  

•  Oversight of management’s continued commitment to a 

culture of high performance and ethical and responsible 

conduct and setting remuneration policy to attract and 

retain talent and reward high performance and conduct that 

exemplifies the Company’s DNA. 

•  Maintaining effective governance to facilitate high-quality 

processes and internal controls.

The Board is committed to ensuring it is comprised of individuals with 

appropriate skills, experience and diversity to develop and support 

the Company’s ambition to be the world’s most admired premium 

wine company, having regard to the five pillars of its Game Plan. 

The Board utilises a skills matrix to assist in assessing the mix of 

skills, experience and diversity on the Board, and to identify areas of 

focus to supplement the mix of skills and experience as part of Board 

succession planning. Each Director annually rates their skills, expertise 

and experience from 1 to 3 for each competency identified in the 

Board skills matrix (1 = working knowledge, 2 = good understanding, 

and 3 = expert). The self-assessment ratings are subsequently 

calibrated and included in the Board skills matrix.

The Board considers that its members collectively possess the 

appropriate competencies and attributes that enable the Board to 

discharge its responsibilities effectively, contribute to the Company’s 

strategic direction and oversee the delivery of its corporate objectives. 

The Company’s Game Plan is set out in Table 1. A summary of the 

Company’s Board skills matrix is included in Table 2.

48
48

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Table 1 – TWE Game Plan

TWE Game Plan

Customer  
focused premium 
brand portfolio

Multi-regional  
and multi-channel  
sales models

World-class talent

Sustainable and  
multi-regional sourcing 
& winemaking

Deep, long-term 
partnerships and 
networks

Table 2 – TWE Board skills matrix

Board skills and experience   

               Expert 

   Good understanding     Working knowledge

No. of Directors (total of 8)

Industry
Expertise and experience in the wine or alcohol industry, consumer 
marketing or supply and distribution

Business strategy development and M&A
Demonstrated ability to build, develop, implement and deliver 
strategic business objectives, including sustainability objectives  
and/or experience in corporate transactions and joint ventures

Finance and business
Proficiency in financial accounting and reporting, corporate finance 
and internal controls, corporate funding, capital management and 
associated risks

Governance, regulatory and human capital
Expertise identifying and managing legal, regulatory, governance, 
public policy and corporate affairs issues; experience in complex  
human capital and remuneration issues and understanding of the 
link between strategy, performance and remuneration outcomes

Risk management
Experience anticipating and identifying risks and monitoring the 
effectiveness of both financial and non-financial risk  
management frameworks and controls; extensive experience with 
complex workplace health, safety, environmental and community 
risks and frameworks 

Technology
Expertise and experience in the adoption and implementation of new 
technology, including IT infrastructure; understanding of key factors 
relevant to digital disruption, including opportunities to leverage 
digital technologies and cyber security; and understanding the use 
of data and analytics

Innovation
Expertise in and understanding of key factors relevant to innovation; 
experience in the creation and delivery of new ways of working and 
commercial initiatives

International
Relevant experience in regions and countries related to the  
Company’s strategy and activities, including USA, Asia, and EMEA

Board or senior management experience

Chairman – Listed company 

CEO/Senior management 

4

6

4

2

4

0

2

5

4

2

4

6

4

7

5

3

YES

4

8

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

NO

4

0

49

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Corporate governance (continued)

The Board recognises  
the importance of cultural, 
geographic and gender  
diversity among its  
members, which is reflected  
in the current representation  
on the Board, with three  
Non-Executive Directors  
based offshore in regions in  
which the Company operates.  

Role of the Board
The responsibilities of the Board as set out in the Board Charter 

include the following.

Strategic guidance and effective oversight of management

•  Providing input into, and approval of, the Company’s  

corporate strategy, performance objectives, and business  

plans as developed by management. 

•  Appointing the CEO and managing succession planning,  

as well as overseeing changes to the Executive Leadership 

Team, with a view to ensuring senior management has the 

appropriate resources to enable implementation of the  

Company’s strategic initiatives.  

The Board considers that it also has an appropriate mix of Director 

•  Directing, monitoring and assessing the Company’s  

tenure, with its members ranging from newly appointed to longer 

performance against strategic and business plans. 

standing Directors. As at June 2023, the average tenure for the 

Company’s Non-Executive Directors was 6.5 years. The Board has 

•  Approving and monitoring capital management, including  

clear succession plans in place to ensure continued Board renewal.  

major capital expenditure, acquisitions, and divestments.

The length of service of each Director is set out in the Directors’ 

Report contained in the annual report. 

Risk assessment and management

In order to maintain gender diversity in the composition of the 

•  Reviewing and evaluating the integrity of the Company’s  

Board, in 2019 the Board set itself a measurable objective that at 

systems of risk management (for both financial and non- 

least 30% of its Directors will be female going forward. Since John 

financial risks), legal compliance, and internal compliance  

Mullen joined the Board on 1 May 2023, women represent 37.5% of 

and control. 

the Board. To maintain gender diversity into the future, in 2023 the 

Board has set itself a measurable objective to maintain at least 

•  Reviewing and approving the Company’s risk  

30% of its Directors being female going forward.

appetite statement.

The Board is committed to ensuring its performance is enhanced 

Obligations to stakeholders

through its Director induction and ongoing education program. 

The Board’s ongoing education incorporates site visits and 

•  Monitoring and reviewing processes aimed at ensuring  

presentations given by management and external parties 

integrity of financial and other reporting. 

concerning developments impacting, or likely to impact,  

•  Monitoring compliance with adopted strategies, procedures 

and standards, including corporate governance standards.

the business.

Independence

The Board, having reviewed the position, interests and relationships 

of all Non-Executive Directors currently in office, considers that all 

Non-Executive Directors are independent.

During the year, Non-Executive Directors met periodically without 

the presence of management to have the opportunity to discuss 

key matters among the Non-Executive Directors.

Annual Director elections

Under the Constitution of the Company, Non-Executive Directors 

are required to retire and may seek re-election, at least every 

three years. However, having regard to the global nature of the 

Company, emerging governance requirements in key markets, the 

inherent benefits for Board renewal and to ensure accountability of 

Directors, in 2019 the Board adopted a policy pursuant to which all 

Non-Executive Directors will seek re-election annually. 

50

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Board Committees
Four standing Board Committees have been established to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities.

Board of Directors

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Nominations 
Committee

Human Resources  
Committee

Wine Operations and 
Sustainability Committee

Oversees: financial reporting, risk 
management and internal controls, 
external and internal audit, capital 
management, and compliance.

Oversees: Board composition, 
performance of the Board,  
Board Committees and individual 
Directors, as well as succession planning.

Key focuses for F23

Key focuses for F23

•  Overseeing Board composition 
and succession plans including 
changes to Committee 
composition. 

•  Assessing the competencies 
of the Directors to ensure the 
appropriate range of skills 
and expertise amongst Board 
members. 

•  Review of the Board skills matrix. 

•  Overseeing the internally 
facilitated review of the 
performance of individual 
Directors, the Board as a whole 
and the operation of the Board 
Committees. 

•  Assessing the independence  
of Directors and suitability  
of Director candidates for  
re-election.

•  Reviewing the scope of the  
annual internal and external 
audit programs and overseeing 
the conduct and coordination  
of those programs, as well  
as assessing the internal and 
external auditors and  
their independence. 

•  Undertaking a tender of the 
external audit services. 

•  Reviewing significant 

accounting and financial 
reporting related matters raised 
by management and  
the auditors. 

•  Reviewing compliance matters 

across the Company.  

•  Reviewing whistleblower matters 
reported across the Company. 

•  Monitoring the Company’s 

insurance renewal program. 

•  Reviewing and recommending 

to the Board for approval  
the full year and interim 
financial reports.

Oversees: training, development 
and succession planning for senior 
management, Company’s inclusion, 
equity and diversity policy, evaluation 
of senior executive performance, and 
remuneration, and Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees.

Key focuses for F23

Oversees: wine making operations in  
the various regions in which the 
Company operates, expansion 
opportunities in winemaking areas, 
supply chain sustainability and the 
Company’s sustainability reporting.

Key focuses for F23

•  Reviewing and monitoring 

progress against the Company’s 
sustainability targets and the 
implementation of initiatives to 
reach these targets. 

•  Overseeing Company initiatives 

to ensure industry and 
community engagement. 

•  Reviewing workplace 

health, safety and wellbeing 
performance and initiatives. 

•  Overseeing wine asset 

management and strategy. 

•  Monitoring global vintage 
variations and outcomes.

•  Reviewing remuneration 

practices for F23 to ensure 
alignment with the Company’s 
DNA and to provide for the 
attraction, incentives, rewards 
and retention of key talent. 

•  Reviewing and approving the 

fixed remuneration and incentive 
compensation arrangements 
for senior executives, including 
reviewing the attainment of 
short term incentive and long 
term incentive performance 
conditions. 

•  Reviewing and recommending 
to the Board for approval the 
Company’s F23 Remuneration 
Report. 

•  Approving the terms 

of engagement of the 
remuneration consultant. 

•  Overseeing the Company’s 

inclusion, equity and diversity 
initiatives and progress  
against targets. 

•  Overseeing and monitoring the 

Company’s culture.

Governance policies
The Company has a number of governance policies which guide how it does business, including the following.

•  Code of Conduct, which recognises that the Company’s 
reputation is one of its most valuable assets, founded on 
the ethical and responsible behaviour of the people who 
represent the Company. 

•  Disclosure Policy, which recognises the importance of timely 
disclosure of the Company’s activities to shareholders and 
market participants so that trading in the Company’s shares 
takes place in an informed market. 

•  Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy, which supports the 

Company’s commitment to countering bribery and corruption 
in all forms and confirms that the Company does not tolerate 
any form of bribery and corruption. 

•  Whistleblower Policy, which promotes and supports the 
Company’s culture of honest and ethical behaviour, by 
encouraging the reporting of potential misconduct or any 
other matter that may contravene the Company’s Code of 
Conduct or other policies or the law.

•  Potential Conflicts of Interest Policy, which guides the  

disclosure and management of potential conflicts of interest. 

•  Share Trading Policy, which prohibits trading in the Company’s 
shares by Directors and employees if they are in possession of 
‘inside information’ and provides further restrictions on trading 
by ‘Restricted Persons,’ including prohibiting trading during 
blackout periods, and requiring prior approval before trading 
at any other time. 

•  Risk Management Policy, as well as a Risk Management 
Framework, which provide guidance and direction on 
the management of risk in the Company and state the 
Company’s commitment to the ongoing development of 
a strategic and consistent companywide approach to risk 
management, underpinned by a risk-aware culture.

51

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Barossa Winery and Production Centre,  
Barossa Valley, South Australia.
Photo by: David Dahlenburg, Maintenance 
Scheduler. 

52

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Code of Conduct reporting

At TWE, we believe each of us has a responsibility to do the right thing. Our Code of 
Conduct outlines our expectations in how we do business. Like everything we  
do at TWE, our Code is underpinned by our DNA. Through our DNA, we seek to nurture  
a physically and psychologically safe environment where our people have  
the confidence and support to speak up if they see or experience any  
inappropriate behaviour. 

Code of Conduct matters reported

 UNSUBSTANTIATED, 17
 THEFT OF COMPANY INFORMATION, 16
 BULLYING, HARASSMENT OR WORKPLACE MISCONDUCT, 14
 PERFORMANCE, 8
 UNDERPAYMENT OF WAGES/BENEFITS, 5 
 BREACH OF POLICY, 6
 FRAUD, 3
 SEXUAL HARASSMENT, 2

We appreciate our employees speaking up about their concerns 

and encourage everyone to do the same. Processes are in place 

to ensure that reports of inappropriate behaviour are logged, 

investigated and that appropriate action is taken. Measures are in 

place to ensure complaints are treated confidentially, consistent 

with legislative protections. 

Investigations into HR compliance matters are conducted by the 

People and Culture team or external third parties as appropriate, 

with matters reported to the HR Committee biannually. 

Breaches of governance policies and other core policies are 

reported to the Audit and Risk Committee, including a high level 

overview of Health and Safety and HR Compliance matters. Details 

of Health and Safety performance are reported via the Wine and 

Operations Sustainability Committee and are published in our 

annual Sustainability Report. 

People-related compliance

During F23, a total of 71 matters were reported, representing 2.8% 

of our workforce. Of these, five were received anonymously via 

our external whistleblower service. Of the reported people-related 

matters, 35 (76%) were fully or partially substantiated.

Actions taken in response to substantiated matters include those 

listed below. 

•  24% resulted in coaching, counselling or training intervention. 

•  33% resulted in formal written warnings (including final  

written warnings). 

•  31% resulted in end of employment.

This information is provided as part of our ongoing commitment  

to transparency, accountability and sustainable performance.  

We are committed to improving our performance and our reporting 

year on year. We welcome feedback from our stakeholders on 

how we may continue to build and preserve trust in our business 

consistent with our ambition to be the world’s most admired 

premium wine company. 

53

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Directors’ report

The Directors of Treasury Wine Estates Limited (the Company) 

present their report together with the financial report for the 

Directors
The Directors of the Company during the financial year and up to  

Company and its controlled entities (the Group) for the financial 

the date of this report are:

year ended 30 June 2023 and the auditor’s report.

The following sections of the Annual Report are part of, and are  

to be read in conjunction with, this Directors’ Report:

Warwick Every-Burns3 

Paul Rayner

Ed Chan

Garry Hounsell

Lauri Shanahan

Colleen Jay

Antonia Korsanos

Tim Ford (Chief Executive Officer)

John Mullen

•  Operating and Financial Review (OFR) 

•  Board of Directors 

•  Remuneration Report

Principal activities

The principal activities of the Group during the financial year  

were viticulture and winemaking, and the marketing, sale and 

distribution of wine.

Statutory information

The Group’s consolidated financial statements have been presented 

for the financial year ended 30 June 2023 and appear on pages 80 

to 132..

Directors meetings

The number of Board and Board Committee meetings and the 

number of meetings attended by each of the Directors of the  

Company during the financial year are listed below:

Meetings held during 2023 financial year

Date of appointment

9 May 2011

9 May 2011

1 September 2012

1 September 2012

1 November 2016

1 April 2018

1 April 2020

1 July 2020

1 May 2023

Board meetings1

Audit and risk  
committee meetings

Human resources  
committee meetings

Nominations  
committee meetings

Wine operations and 
sustainability  
committee meetings

Additional  
meetings2

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Paul Rayner

Tim Ford

Ed Chan

Warwick Every-Burns3 

Garry Hounsell

Colleen Jay

Antonia Korsanos

John Mullen

Lauri Shanahan

12

12

12

3

12

12

12

3

12

12

12

12

3

12

11

12

3

12

 —

—

4

—

4

—

4

—

—

—

—

4

—

4

—

4

—

—

—

—

—

1

4

4

—

—

4

—

—

—

1

3

4

—

—

4

7

—

—

6

7

—

7

  —

7

7

—

—

6

5

—

7

—

7

—

—

 —

—

4

4

—

—

—

 —

—

—

—

4

4 

 —

—

—

5

5

—

—

2

—

4

—

—

1.   Shows the number of meetings held and attended by each Director during the period that 
the Director was a member of the Board or Committee. Directors who are not members of Board 
Committees do attend Committee meetings from time to time. The above table reflects the meeting 
attendance of Directors who are members of the relevant Committee(s).
2.   Reflects the number of additional formal meetings attended during the financial year by each 
Director, including Committee meetings (other than Audit and Risk Committee, Human Resources 
Committee, Nominations Committee or Wine Operations and Sustainability Committee) where any 
two Directors are required to form a quorum.
3.   Mr Every-Burns retired from the Board on 18 October 2022.

54

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Directors’ interests in share capital

Events subsequent to balance date

The relevant interest of each Director in the share capital of 

On 15 August 2023 the Group announced that Paul Rayner will retire 

the Company as at the date of this report is disclosed in the 

from the Company’s Board as Chairman and independent Non-

Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary

Executive Director effective from the conclusion of the Company’s 

Annual General Meeting, to be held on Monday 16 October 2023. 

The Board has appointed John Mullen as Chairman elect, to 

Alexandra Lorenzi BA, LLB (Hons) was appointed Company Secretary 

become Chariman subject to Mr Mullen’s election at the Annual 

on 3 July 2023. Ms Lorenzi is an experienced corporate lawyer with 

General Meeting. 

deep commercial, legal, and governance expertise. Ms Lorenzi has 

been a member of the TWE team since April 2020. Prior to joining 

Other than as disclosed above and in the financial statements, the 

TWE, Ms Lorenzi was a Senior Associate at leading global law firm 

Directors are not aware of any matters or circumstances that have 

Herbert Smith Freehills, where she advised senior management and 

arisen since the end of the financial year which have significantly 

Boards of Australia’s largest listed companies. 

affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, 

the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in 

As Ms Lorenzi is on maternity leave, Christine Harman BA, LLB (Hons) 

subsequent financial years.

MBA has been appointed to act in the role of Company Secretary 

from 3 July 2023 until Ms Lorenzi’s return from leave. 

Sustainability

Dividends

Matters of environmental and social significance to the Group 

are primarily addressed within the Group’s sustainability strategy. 

Interim dividend: The Company paid an interim dividend of 18 cents 

This strategy addresses the material topics for the Group, and the 

per ordinary share on 4 April 2023. The dividend was fully franked.

Executive Leadership Team actively monitors progress against our 

strategic roadmaps and public targets.

Final dividend: Since the end of the financial year, the Directors have 

approved a final dividend of 17 cents per share, fully franked and 

Further detail on the Group’s sustainability strategy, initiatives and 

payable on 3 October 2023. The record date for entitlement to this 

achievements are detailed in the Sustainability section of this Annual 

dividend is 1 September 2023.

Report and the Company’s most recent Sustainability Report.

In summary:

Dividend per share

$M

Environmental regulation

The Group is subject to various environmental laws and regulatory 

frameworks governing energy, water, waste and greenhouse gas 

reporting for its operations globally. Management of environmental 

Interim dividend paid on 

18 cents 

$129.9

issues and risks is a core element of the work program delivered by 

1 April 2023

Final dividend payable on  

17 cents 

$122.7

sustainability and technical teams and is detailed in the relevant 

material business risks outlined in the OFR.

3 October 2023

Total

35 cents 

$252.6

management of its environmental impacts and its business 

The Group recognises the direct link between effective 

The Company paid shareholders a final dividend in respect of the 

2022 financial year of $115.5 million.

Review and results of operations

Information on the operations and financial position for TWE is set 

out in the OFR accompanying this Directors’ Report.

Significant changes in the state of affairs

The Company announced the next step in the evolution of its 

premiumisation strategy in May 2023, intended to strengthen 

the operating model and reduce the cost base of its Treasury 

Premium Brands division. The range of initiatives aim to deliver 

greater operational and strategic flexibility to enable continued 

growth of the premium and luxury portfolio, and include adjusting 

the division’s operating model and organisational structure, 

success. To this end, the Group’s environment policies, procedures 

and practices are designed to ensure that the Group maintains 

focus on resource efficiency and continuous improvement, and 

that environmental laws and permit conditions are complied with. 

Compliance with these regulatory and operational programs has 

been incorporated into relevant business practices and processes. 

The Group monitors its operations through a Health, Safety and 

Environment (HSE) Management System, overlaid with a risk 

management and compliance system overseen by the Audit and 

Risk Committee. Although the Group’s various operations involve 

relatively low inherent environmental compliance risk, matters of 

non-compliance are identified from time to time and are corrected. 

Where required, the appropriate regulatory authority is notified.

Under the compliance system, the Audit and Risk Committee 

and the Board receive six-monthly reports detailing any matters 

involving non-compliance and potential non-compliance. These 

implementing changes to the Commercial wine supply chain, and 

reports also detail the corrective action that has been taken.

divestment and/or rationalisation of selected assets.  

Business strategies, prospects and likely developments

The OFR sets out information on TWE’s business strategies 

and prospects for future financial years and refers to likely 

developments in the Company’s operations and the expected 

results of those operations in future financial years. 

Under the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (Cth) 

(NGER Act), the Company is required to report on its Australian 

operations that exceed specific greenhouse gas emissions or 

energy-use thresholds. The Company submitted its annual NGER 

Act report by the prescribed reporting date of 31 October 2022. 

During the financial year, the Group has not been convicted of any 

significant breaches of environmental regulation.

55

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Directors’ report (continued)

Proceedings on behalf of the company

Rounding

There are no proceedings brought or intervened in, or applications 

Treasury Wine Estates Limited is a company of the kind referred 

to bring or intervene in proceedings, on behalf of the Company by 

to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) 

a member or other person entitled to do so under section 237 of the 

Instrument 2016/191 and, except where otherwise stated, amounts in 

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

the statutory financial statements forming part of this report have 

been rounded off to the nearest one hundred thousand dollars or 

Non-audit services and auditor independence

to zero where the amount is $50,000 or less.

KPMG is the Company’s auditor, appointed with effect from 23 

October 2013.

This report is made on 15 August 2023, in accordance with a 

resolution of the Directors.

Paul Rayner 
Chairman

Tim Ford

Chief Executive Officer

The Group may decide to engage the auditor, KPMG, on 

assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where such 

services are not in conflict with their role as auditor and their 

expertise and/or detailed experience with the Company may allow 

cost efficiencies for the work.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with 

advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that 

the provision of non-audit services by KPMG is compatible with the 

general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the 

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). The Board also notes that:

•  the engagements for all non-audit services have been  

reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer, and where relevant, 

the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee in accordance with 

the Committee’s rules of engagement regarding the provision 

of non-audit services by the External Auditor contained in the 

Committee Charter to ensure they do not impact the actual or 

perceived impartiality and objectivity of KPMG 

•  none of the services provided by KPMG undermine the general 

principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 

110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants.

During the financial year, the fees paid or payable for non-audit 

services provided by KPMG and its related practices totaled $81,735. 

Amounts paid or payable for audit and non-audit services are 

disclosed in note 32 of the Financial Statements.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on 

page 57 and forms part of this report.

Indemnities and insurance

Rule 40 of the Company’s Constitution provides that the Company 

must, to the extent permitted by and subject to the Corporations 

Act 2001 (Cth), indemnify each officer, Director and Company 

Secretary of a Group company in respect of any liability, loss, 

damage, cost or expense incurred or suffered or to be incurred  

or suffered by the officer, Director or Company Secretary in or 

arising out of the conduct of any activity of the relevant Group 

company or the proper performance of any duty of that officer, 

Director or Company Secretary.

Each Director of Treasury Wine Estates Limited has entered into 

a Deed of Indemnity, Insurance and Access (Deed) with the 

Company. No Director or officer of the Company has received  

a benefit under an indemnity from the Company during the period 

ended 30 June 2023 or to the date of this report.

In accordance with the Company’s Constitution and the Deed,  

the Company has paid a premium in respect of an insurance 

contract that covers Directors and officers of the Group companies. 

56

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Auditor’s independence 
declaration

57

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

F23 remuneration  
report

Contents

Executive remuneration

1. Key messages

2. Remuneration strategy and framework     

3. Performance and remuneration outcomes     

Non-Executive Director remuneration

4. Framework and outcomes   

Other remuneration information

5. Governance     

6. Further information     

 62 

63

68

74

76

78

58

Executive remuneration
Introduction from the Chair of the Human Resources Committee  

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Human Resources Committee and Board, I am 
pleased to present our F23 remuneration report for which we will 
seek your approval at our Annual General Meeting in October 
2023. The remuneration report is designed to demonstrate strong 
alignment between our Company’s performance, our executive 
reward framework, our strategic objectives and shareholder interests.

This is my first letter to Shareholders as the Chair of the Human 
Resources Committee. I would like to acknowledge Warwick  
Every-Burns’ contribution to the Board and leadership of the Human 
Resources Committee from May 2011 to October 2022.

F23 performance
We are very pleased with the overall momentum of the business 
and the progress toward delivering our long term strategies under 
our CEO Tim Ford’s leadership. Despite challenging economic and 
trading conditions globally, all divisions continued to build quality 
distribution, expand in key markets, and drive consumer demand. 
The management team demonstrated exceptional leadership, 
resilience, agility and tenacity, consistently turning challenges into 
opportunities while positioning the Company for future growth. 
Notably, the team’s continued efforts to premiumise our business 
have paid off, with 85% of our revenues now coming from our 
premium and luxury portfolios.

In F23, Management delivered EBITS of $583.5m, an 11.4% increase 
on the prior year, and EBITS margin improved 2.9 percentage points 
to 24.1%. Net Sales Revenue (NSR) per case increased 12.7% led by 
premiumisation and price rises delivered across all divisions. TWE 
delivered Earnings per Share (EPS) of 52.1 cents per share (before 
material items and SGARA), up 16.6% from F22. ROCE increased from
10.7% in F22 to 11.3% in F23, driven by higher EBITS and continued 
capital discipline.

With a solid foundation in place, we have great confidence in the 
ambition, strategy and executional discipline of our leadership team 
that will enable TWE to deliver sustainable growth and outperform 
the market over the long term.

F23 executive remuneration outcomes 
In F23, all executives received a 3% increase to fixed remuneration. 
The Board also approved a 3% increase to Board Chair and Member 
base fees and a moderate increase to Committee fees effective 
from 1 July 2022. Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP) outcomes reflect 
the level of business performance and range between 35%-72% of 
fixed remuneration, and 30%-40% of maximum opportunity. The F21 
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) had an adjusted vesting of 78.75% of 
the total target grant value.

In 2022 and 2023, I participated in numerous meetings with investors 
(representing over 60% of capital) and proxy advisors to discuss 
whether our programs were fit for purpose and working as intended, 
particularly in light of several material, one-off events entirely 

outside of management’s control that materially impacted financial 
results. Beyond the COVID-19 pandemic, supply chain disruptions, 
and wildfires in California which reduced our access to luxury supply, 
the imposition of tariffs on Australian wine in 2020 effectively closed 
the China market – our largest and most profitable market at the 
time - overnight. In the face of these extraordinary events, executives 
were once again tasked in F23 with aggressive stretch goals to 
pivot the business and mitigate impacts by driving growth in other 
markets and focusing on delivering quality growth in earnings. 

Despite their tremendous successes in F23 and over the past three 
years, it has proven virtually impossible to achieve alignment 
between pay, TWE’s strategic objectives, financial performance 
and shareholder returns. Outcomes for our executives - and for our 
shareholders - have not reflected alignment with what we believe to 
be outstanding performance by our team. The cumulative impact 
of these external headwinds directly resulted in no STIP payments for 
F20, and nil vesting of the LTIP for three straight years in a row (2020, 
2021 and 2022). 

While we believe that STIP outcomes in F23 appropriately reward our 
executives,  the impacts of these events have once again impacted 
both the relative Total Shareholder Return (rTSR) and Return on 
Capital Employed (ROCE) measures in the F21 LTIP, resulting in a 
significantly reduced rTSR payout and what would otherwise be 
a fourth year of a nil payout on ROCE. I was very encouraged to 
hear once again during our investor meetings in 2023 that our 
shareholders overwhelmingly agreed with our assessment regarding 
the team’s performance, and also agreed that a compelling 
rationale warranted action by the Board to reward performance and 
remedy the otherwise inequitable outcome under the existing plan 
in place.

Principled approach to adjusting the ROCE outcome in the F21 LTIP
As outlined in this report, after careful consideration of numerous 
alternatives and factors, extensive consultation throughout this 
process with our independent consultant, and in light of the 
compelling results and the imperative to retain and motivate our 
leadership team, the Board made the unanimous decision to adjust 
only the ROCE outcome (and not rTSR), and moreover, to adjust 
the ROCE outcome only for the direct impact of the imposition of 
China’s Ministry of Commerce (MOFCOM) tariffs (and to exclude the 
other material, unanticipated events including the pandemic and 
wildfires). The resulting payouts are at 39% for the rTSR component 
(unadjusted and weighted at 25%) and 92% for the ROCE component 
(as adjusted for the MOFCOM tariffs only and weighted at 75%), with 
total vesting of the F21 LTIP at 78.75% of the target grant value. 

First off, we determined that the F21 LTIP was the appropriate vehicle, 
given this plan includes the entire leadership team in place who 
were tasked in F22 and F23 with aggressive stretch goals to pivot 
the business and mitigate these impacts. Moreover, the F21 LTIP is 
the final plan which did not account for the MOFCOM tariffs. While a 
compelling rationale existed to adjust for other material, unforeseen 
events outside the control of management, we ultimately decided 
to focus exclusively on the MOFCOM tariffs, with an eye toward both 
acknowledging the impacts on our investors as well as balancing 
the interests and outcomes of all stakeholders. In addition, focusing 

exclusively on the MOFCOM tariffs in our analysis enabled us to 
undertake a robust, objective, and comprehensive evaluation of the 
direct impacts of the tariffs since 2020 as well as the direct results of 
aggressive mitigation strategies. Finally, we strongly believe that this 
award has been earned by the team.

Rest assured, this decision was not taken lightly. The circumstances 
surrounding these events and the direct impact the tariffs had on 
the performance of the Company were carefully considered over 
the course of many months, as well as the impact on shareholder 
returns. As opposed to merely ‘balancing’ executives’ and 
shareholders’ interests, we strongly believe that the decisions we 
have taken directly align the best interests of our executives and 
shareholders alike.  After much deliberation, the Board and Human 
Resources Committee unanimously concluded that this was simply 
the right thing to do - for all of our stakeholders.

F23 activities of the Human Resources Committee 
During the year, we developed and formalised TWE’s Executive 
Remuneration Framework and Strategy and also focused on 
remuneration policies and initiatives throughout the organisation. 
Beyond remuneration, the Committee invested significant time on 
oversight of other critical, Company-wide Human Resources matters, 
including culture, diversity and inclusion, talent development and 
succession, and employee engagement. Our overall objective 
is to utilise these levers collectively and holistically to ensure we 
attract, retain and motivate the highest calibre talent across the 
organisation and consistently deliver on the Company’s strategic 
objectives over the near and longer term. 

Ongoing engagement
The team and I have found the time spent with our investors to be 
productive, informative and impactful. As an example, we modified 
our metrics in our LTIP going forward as a direct result of our 
engagement. Our dialogue also directly informed and impacted 
our decisions taken on the F21 LTIP. In addition, we have enhanced 
our disclosures in the report regarding how we set objectives and 
determine outcomes for STIP. It remains our intention to proactively 
engage in and encourage open dialogue with our shareholders 
and other stakeholders. Accordingly, we welcome any feedback 
and comments you may have on these topics generally and more 
specifically, on the enclosed Remuneration Report.

Yours sincerely,

Lauri Shanahan

Human Resources Committee Chair

59

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023F23 remuneration report

1. Key messages

This report details the F23 remuneration framework and outcomes 

b) Fixed remuneration

for the Key Management Personnel (KMP) of the Company which 

TWE’s global platform continues to experience significant growth, 

includes Non-Executive Directors. In this report, ‘executives’ refers to 

increasing the responsibility and complexity of executive roles. 

executives identified as KMP excluding the Non-Executive Directors. It 

Moreover, the executive team has been crucial to ensuring the 

is prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations 

successful navigation of the COVID-19 pandemic and the tariffs 

Act 2001 (Cth) and all references are to Australian dollars ($) unless 

imposed on Australian wine by MOFCOM. The reward, retention and 

otherwise specified.

development of this team is a key consideration of the Board.

KMP

Executive KMP at TWE during F23 are as follows:

Executives (as at 30 June 2023)

Current KMP

As reported in the Company’s F22 Remuneration Report, Mr Ford’s 

remuneration was increased by 3% to $1,622,250, Mr Young’s 

remuneration was increased by 3% to $772,200, and Mr Boxer’s 

remuneration increased by 3% to $712,700, all effective from 1 

September 2022. For F24, the Board has approved a further 3% 

increase to Mr Ford’s, Mr Young’s and Mr Boxer’s remuneration, 

effective 1 September 2023.   

TM Ford

Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Full Year

c) Short-term incentives in the year

MJ Young

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Full Year

SR Boxer

Chief Strategy and Corporate 
Development Officer (CSCDO)

Full Year

a) Financial results for F23

As in previous years, targets set for F23 STIP included aggressive, 

stretch goals such as driving growth in other markets to mitigate 

the ongoing impact of severely reduced shipments to Mainland 

China and to focus on delivering quality growth in earnings. Despite 

continued supply chain and cost headwinds, and changing 

consumer and market dynamics,  the Company has achieved solid 

performance against the F23 STIP targets. The continued focus on 

luxury wine and premiumisation has enabled strong EBITS and EBITS 

margin growth, despite a decline in NSR driven by premium portfolio 

F23 saw TWE continue to deliver earnings and margin growth, driven 

volume declines in Treasury Americas and commercial portfolio 

by strong luxury top-line growth from Penfolds, successful price 

volume declines in Treasury Premium Brands, partly offset by strong 

increases across several brands and cost savings from the global 

luxury portfolio growth for Penfolds. 

supply chain optimisation program. The premiumisation trends 

continue across the wine category with luxury wine continuing 

The market trends and consumption outlook for commercial wine, 

strong growth trends in all of TWE’s key global markets. Management 

however, remains challenged, most notably in Australia and the UK. 

executed strongly during the year and our diversified business model, 

In recent years, this has led to further declines in Treasury Premium 

together with the benefits of key asset base and cost optimisation 

Brands’ lower margin commercial portfolio volumes, a market 

initiatives, have resulted in a resilient premium wine category despite 

dynamic that is expected to continue in the future. In addition, the 

the tightening economic environment. 

ongoing inflationary environment, particularly for packaging materials, 

is expected to place upward pressure on TWE’s cost of goods in F24. 

In F23, Management delivered EBITS of $583.5m, an 11.4% increase 

Notwithstanding, TWE expects to be well positioned in F24 to capture 

on the prior year, and EBITS margin improved 2.9 percentage points 

luxury category growth and manage the uncertain environment 

to 24.1%. Net Sales Revenue (NSR) per case increased 12.7% led by 

through the diversification of its brand portfolio and priority 

premiumisation and price rises delivered across all divisions.  

markets. We will continue to pursue opportunities to enhance the 

TWE delivered Earnings per Share (EPS) of 52.1 cents per share (before 

fundamentals of our business with a mindset of prioritising long-term 

material items and SGARA), up 16.6% from F22. ROCE increased from 

success over short-term outcomes.

10.7% in F22 to 11.3% in F23, driven by higher EBITS and continued capital 

discipline.

As a result of the Company’s performance in F23, the F23 Balanced 

Scorecard multiplier for executives will be paid at 0.6x. Taking into 

Despite continued supply chain and cost headwinds, and changing 

account each executive’s Individual Performance Multiplier based 

consumer and market dynamics, consumer demand for luxury wine 

on the level of achievement of their respective Key Performance 

remains strong in all markets globally, with luxury sales in the Penfolds, 

Objectives (KPOs) and demonstration of the Company’s DNA, the 

Treasury Americas and Treasury Premium Brands divisions in line 

Board has determined that the F23 STIP outcomes are 35.9% of 

with expectations. Penfolds, in particular, continues to deliver strong 

fixed remuneration for Mr Young and 47.9% of fixed remuneration 

momentum in building distribution and consumer demand across a 

for Mr Boxer. The CEO received an F23 STIP outcome of 72% of  

number of key global markets.

fixed remuneration. 

d) Long-term incentives in the year

The F21 LTIP grant, covering a performance period of 1 July 2020 to 30 

June 2023, was offered to our CEO and management team, including 

our KMP, on the following terms: 25% of the Performance Rights were 

subject to achievement of a rTSR performance hurdle and 75% were 

subject to achievement of a ROCE performance hurdle. 

‘

60

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Performance for rTSR was assessed by an independent service 

strength and resilience of our global business and management’s 

provider, Orient Capital. The Group’s rTSR performance was at the 51st 

ability to navigate the complex and changing economic, consumer 

percentile of its peer group, driving an unadjusted outcome of 39% 

and market dynamics with agility and tenacity. Finally, the Committee 

vesting for this component of the LTIP (weighted at 25%). 

and Board strongly believe that the intent and integrity of the plan 

could not otherwise be maintained, and that this award has been 

With respect to ROCE performance, however, and despite 

earned by the team.

management’s successes in pivoting the business and driving 

sustainable earnings, aggressive cost management and operational 

Over the course of many months, the Committee continued to 

effectiveness, the impacts of the pandemic, the wildfires in the US and 

seek advice and guidance from our independent remuneration 

the introduction of the MOFCOM tariffs, without otherwise adjusting 

advisors, PwC, on the relevant considerations and factors as well 

for any of these factors, resulted in the ROCE component falling once 

as the potential approaches and alternatives. The HRC and Board 

again below threshold.

also continued to evaluate and incorporate feedback from our 

investors and proxy advisors. The Committee and Board considered a 

Given the clear disconnect between the underlying assumptions 

number of alternatives, including a one-off grant of restricted and/or 

made when targets were originally set in 2020 and what thereafter 

performance shares over a future timeframe, and increasing the F24 

transpired (ie the COVID pandemic, wildfires and imposition of 

LTIP grant. However, it was ultimately determined that adjusting the 

MOFCOM tariffs in China), the Committee and Board ultimately 

ROCE outcome for the F21 LTIP was the most appropriate alternative 

concluded that a clear and compelling rationale existed to warrant 

as we were able to focus exclusively on the impacts of the MOFCOM 

an adjustment to the ROCE outcome to ensure that the intent and 

tariffs and reward current executives for the actual results of their 

integrity of the plan was maintained. 

aggressive mitigation strategies. As outlined in my letter earlier in this 

report, ensuring we continue to retain and motivate executives is of 

The Committee and Board has undertaken a comprehensive analysis 

great concern to the Board, and we believe that this decision is in the 

of a number of identified principles which we believe were pertinent 

best interests of all stakeholders. Aside from the fact that a forward-

to our analysis, including: (a) whether the intent and integrity of 

looking award would not be aligned with rewarding management 

the plan, while ensuring fair outcomes for Management, could be 

for earned, past results, we also took into account the potential for 

maintained; (b) whether external business and economic factors 

unintended consequences with forward looking grants that might 

beyond the control of Management which have materially impacted 

potentially result in a windfall gain to management and prove not to 

performance have occurred; (c) whether unforeseen, non-recurring 

be in the best interests of shareholders. 

factors occurred during the performance period which have 

materially impacted performance; (d) management’s efforts and 

At the direction of the Committee and Board, management 

results to mitigate the impacts of the factors outlined above; (e) the 

conducted a ‘look back’ review on ROCE outcomes of the F21 LTIP to 

longer-term, sustainable impact of decisions and actions made by 

quantify the impact of the imposition of MOFCOM tariffs, as well as the 

management in the short-term; (f) whether budgetary assumptions 

mitigation initiatives put in place. The assumptions and calculations 

made when setting performance targets were accurate and remain 

made by management were thereafter internally audited. 

appropriate, and whether conditions are potentially better or worse 

when compared with those assumptions; (g) the degree of difficulty 

Accordingly, the Board made the unanimous decision to adjust only 

and complexity associated with achieving the targets, as related to 

the ROCE outcome (and not rTSR), and moreover, to adjust the ROCE 

both the internal and external environment; and (h) alignment with 

outcome only for the direct impact of the imposition of MOFCOM 

the interest of shareholders. 

tariffs and related mitigation strategies. Other material, unanticipated 

events including the pandemic and wildfires were excluded, as were 

While a compelling rationale existed to adjust for other material, 

the impacts of acquisitions and divestments during the period. The 

unforeseen events outside the control of management, the 

resulting payout is 92% for the ROCE component (weighted at 75%). 

Committee and Board ultimately decided to focus exclusively on the 

Total vesting of the F21 LTIP was 78.75% of the target grant value.

MOFCOM tariffs and the success of mitigation initiatives, with an eye 

toward both acknowledging the impacts on our investors as well as 

e) Changes for F24

balancing the interests and outcomes of all stakeholders. In addition, 

F24 LTIP

focusing exclusively on the MOFCOM tariffs enabled us to undertake 

From F23, and after engagement with our investors, an additional 

a robust and objective  evaluation of the direct impacts of the tariffs 

measure of EPS, before material items and SGARA, was introduced 

since 2020 as well as the direct results of aggressive mitigation 

into the LTIP. Both ROCE and relative TSR metrics were retained. Prior to 

strategies. 

this, the performance measures had remained largely unchanged for 

seven years. An EPS measure is aligned to our growth strategy while 

The unanticipated introduction of the MOFCOM tariffs clearly 

ensuring remuneration outcomes are aligned to shareholder returns. 

constitutes an external business and economic factor beyond the 

control of management which materially impacted performance. 

The weighting of the three metrics for the F24 LTIP will be the same as 

Moreover, this event was unforeseen and non-recurring in nature, and 

F23 - relative TSR weighted at 20%, ROCE weighted at 40%, and EPS 

budgetary assumptions made when setting performance targets 

weighted at 40% of the plan. The following targets have been set for 

were no longer rendered accurate or appropriate. Management, has 

the F24 LTIP. The Board considers that the Company’s F24 targets are 

been highly successful in aggressively mitigating these impacts by 

realistic but challenging and an appropriate level of performance is 

executing both near term strategies as well as sustainable, strategic 

required to justify full vesting of each portion of the LTI award.

initiatives for the longer term. Given that budgetary assumptions 

made when setting targets proved to be inaccurate, the intent 

and integrity of the F21 LTIP was clearly compromised such that fair 

outcomes could not be achieved without an adjustment. Moreover, 

the results achieved in the face of multiple obstacles highlight the 

61

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023F23 remuneration report

ROCE growth will be measured against the F23 ROCE base of 11.3% and will vest according to the following schedule. 

ROCE baseline 

11.3% (F23)

% points ROCE growth

ROCE result

% of performance rights  

subject to ROCE measure which vest

Less than 1.0

Less than 12.3%

1.0 to 1.7

1.7 to 2.1

12.3% to 13.0%

13.0% to 13.4%

At or above 2.1

At or above 13.4%

0%

35-75%

75-100%

100%

EPS Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) will vest according to the following schedule. 

EPS 

vesting schedule

EPS1 CAGR % 

% of performance rights subject to

EPS measure which vest

Less than 6%

6% to 10%

At or above 10%

0%

35-100%

100%

The relative TSR vesting schedule for the F24 LTIP is unchanged from F23.

Relative TSR 

vesting schedule

Relative TSR ranking

% of performance rights subject to

relative TSR measure which vest

Below 50th percentile

50th to 60th percentile

60th to 75th percentile

At or above 75th percentile

0%

50-70%

70-100%

100%

The peer group for relative TSR comprises companies within the S&P/

ASX 200 Index, excluding companies from the energy, metal and 

mining, real estate and finance sectors. 

The Board maintains discretion to adjust hurdles or vesting outcomes 

• 

• 

• 

Mr Ford: opportunity of 175% of fixed remuneration at maximum, 

66.5% at threshold, 0% below threshold.

Mr Young: opportunity of 150% of fixed remuneration at 

maximum, 57% at threshold, 0% below threshold.

Mr Boxer: opportunity of 150% of fixed remuneration at maximum, 

to ensure that executives are neither penalised nor provided with a 

57% at threshold, 0% below threshold.

windfall benefit arising from material, non-recurring items.

Offers of performance rights under the F24 LTIP are subject to the 

General Meeting for the F24 LTIP offer to the CEO.  

satisfaction of performance conditions, as outlined above, over the 

performance period from 1 July 2023 to 30 June 2026. LTIP awards to 

F24 Non-Executive Director fees

KMP are at the absolute discretion of the Board. For the F24 LTIP the 

The  Board has approved a 3% increase to Board Chair and Member 

following awards will apply:

base fees effective 1 October 2023. No changes will be made to 

The Company will seek shareholder approval at the 2023 Annual 

Committee fees. 

1.    Earning per Share before material items and SGARA

62

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
2. Remuneration strategy and framework

a) Remuneration strategy

TWE’s remuneration strategy sets the direction for the remuneration 

The Board believes that remuneration of executives should include 

framework and drives the design and application of remuneration 

a fixed component and at-risk or performance-related components, 

programs across the Company, including for executives. The strategy 

including both short-term and long-term incentives. Executive and 

aims to attract, retain and reward the best talent while building a 

stakeholder interests are aligned through share ownership. The 

performance-oriented culture. It sets out principles and processes 

weighting of the at-risk remuneration components for each executive 

to ensure remuneration practices attract and motivate the highest 

reflects the Board’s commitment to performance-based reward. 

calibre employees to achieve TWE’s business and financial objectives.

Section 3 of this report describes performance outcomes over the 

past five years, and how they have impacted remuneration outcomes.

The remuneration strategy is designed to achieve five key objectives.

1. 

2. 

Attract, motivate and retain the highest calibre executives. 

Provide incentives and rewards that drive both our short and 

long-term strategic objectives. 

3.  Directly align the interests and outcomes of our executives with 

our shareholders.

4.  Create a performance-driven culture.

5.  Deliver results that reinforce our culture and are sustainable 

over the long-term. 

b) Remuneration framework

Remuneration strategy

Attract, motivate and 
retain the highest 
calibre executives

Drive both our short 
and long-term 
strategic objectives

Align the interests 
and outcomes of our 
executives with our 
shareholders

Create a 
performance-driven 
culture

Deliver results that 
reinforce our culture 
and are sustainable 
over the long-term

Components

Performance measures

Details

Remuneration framework

Fixed remuneration

Base salary, superannuation 
and other benefits 

Further information is included  
in section 3 (d)

Short-Term Incentive Plan (STIP)

An annual award of cash and/or equity 
may be received based on:

Group, team and individual financial, 
strategic and operational performance, 
measured by way of the Balanced 
Scorecard; and 

Agreed individual key performance 
objectives (including the TWE DNA) 
measured by way of the Individual 
Performance Multiplier.

Further information is included in 
section 3 (e)

Considerations in setting fixed 

remuneration include:

• 

• 
• 

External market benchmarking 
against the ASX21-75 peer group, and 
other industry and competitive data
Internal equity
The executive’s skills, experience and 
responsibilities

•        Complexity and location of the role
•        The executive’s performance

The STIP Balanced Scorecard is consistent 
across all executives and includes 
measures such as global EBITS, quality 
growth in sales volume, brand contribution 
margin, cash conversion and ROCE.

The Balanced Scorecard can drive a 
multiplier outcome between 0 and 1.2.

The Individual Performance Multiplier 
is derived from the level of each 
executive’s achievement of individual 
Key Performance Objectives (KPOs) and 
demonstration of the Company’s DNA. 

The Individual Performance Multiplier can 
drive a result of 0 to 1.5.

Fixed remuneration is reviewed 
annually. The Company looks at 
industry and general market peer 
groups, with key criteria applied such 
as market capitalisation and revenue. 
Both Australian and global peers are 
considered, reflecting the complexity 
of roles in a global business and the 
Company’s international lens  
on talent.

The annual STIP opportunity is at the 
absolute discretion of the Board. In F23, 
the following STIP opportunities applied:

Target:
• 
• 

Executives 66.5% of FR
CEO 100% of FR

Maximum:
• 
• 

Executives 120% of FR
CEO 180% of FR

One-third of the STIP award for executives 
is deferred into Restricted Equity in the 
Company.  Of this Restricted Equity, 
one-half (i.e. one-sixth of the overall 
STIP award) will vest after one year, and 
one-half (i.e. one-sixth of the overall STIP 
award) will vest after two years.

63

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023F23 remuneration report

Components

Performance measures

Details

Remuneration framework (continued)

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

The LTIP is designed to reward executives 
for long-term performance and value 
creation for shareholders.

It is delivered in the form of Performance 
Rights that vest at the end of the 
performance period if the performance 
and vesting conditions are met. The 
performance period is a 3-year period 
aligned with TWE’s financial year (1 July 
to 30 June).     

Further information is included 
in section 3 (f)

Relative Total Shareholder Return (rTSR)
(20% weighting).

Relative to S&P/ASX 200 Index, excluding 
companies from the energy, metal and 
mining, real estate and finance sectors.

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) 
Growth (40% weighting).

Calculated as EBITS divided by average 
capital employed (at constant currency). 
Capital employed is the sum of average 
net assets (excluding SGARA) and average 
net debt.

Earning per Share (EPS) Compound Annual 
Growth Rate (CAGR)(40% weighting).

Basic EPS is calculated as Net Profit (or 
Loss) After Tax (NPAT) excluding SGARA 
and material items, divided by the 
weighted average number of shares. 

LTIP awards are at the absolute discretion 
of the Board. In F23, the following awards 
applied:

• 
• 

CEO: 175% of FR
Other executives: 150% of FR

The number of performance rights 
allocated is based on face value using the 
90-day Volume Weighted Average Price 
(VWAP) preceding 1 July at the start of the 
performance period. If the performance 
conditions are met at the end of the three-
year performance period, rights vest and 
executives receive a share for each vested 
performance right.

No amount is payable on the vesting 
of the performance rights or on their 
conversion into shares. Any rights that 
do not vest, lapse.

c) Total remuneration 

Executive total remuneration (TR) comprises fixed remuneration 

(FR) and variable (‘at-risk’) remuneration in the form of STIP 

and LTIP. The diagram below illustrates the mix of remuneration 

components for current executives in F23, firstly as a percentage of 

total remuneration (TR) at target, and then as a proportion of total 

maximum potential remuneration. 

Total remuneration with STIP at Target and LTIP at threshold

Total remuneration with both STIP and LTIP at maximum

25%

12%

38%

25%

CEO

25%

10%

20%

45%

39%

22%

26%

13%

27%

40%

22%

11%

Executives

CEO

Executives

 FR
 STIP CASH (AT TARGET)

 STIP DEFERRED EQUITY (AT TARGET)
 LTIP (AT THRESHOLD)

 FR
 STIP CASH (AT MAXIMUM)

 STIP DEFERRED EQUITY (AT MAXIMUM)
 LTIP (AT MAXIMUM)

64

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
d) Fixed remuneration

e) Short-term incentive plan (STIP) 

For Australian-based executives, total fixed remuneration is inclusive 

The STIP drives an annual at-risk component of remuneration and 

of superannuation and other benefits. 

links business results for the fiscal year, executive performance and 

Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually and set at a market-

performance measures while the individual performance for each 

competitive level reflective of the executive’s skills, experience and 

executive is derived from the level of each executive’s achievement 

responsibilities, and taking into account complexity of role, location 

of individual Key Performance Objectives (KPOs) and demonstration 

and performance. Any changes to fixed remuneration are effective 

of the Company’s DNA: We bring our whole self, We are courageous, 

reward. The STIP uses a balanced scorecard approach for company 

from 1 September. The Company looks at industry and general 

and We deliver together.

market peer groups, with key criteria applied such as market 

capitalisation and revenue.  Both Australian and global peers are 

The STIP Balanced Scorecard measures are designed to support 

considered, reflecting the complexity of roles in a global business 

the financial health of the organisation and shareholder return in 

and the Company’s international lens on talent. When comparing 

terms of dividends and share price - this year and over time. Hurdles 

executives’ remuneration to the market, the ASX 21-75 peer group 

and stretch targets are set for each metric and the sustainability of 

is used and peer groups are reviewed regularly for accuracy and 

growth and returns is non-negotiable.

alignment with the nature of the business.

The individual KPOs include a combination of strategic and 

operational objectives specific to each executive (50%), and 

objectives relating to leadership, inclusion, equity and diversity, and 

wellbeing and sustainability (50%). Demonstration of the Company’s 

DNA relates to specific behaviours of each executive and how the 

KPOs were achieved and is weighted equally with the individual KPOs. 

The calculation of any STIP award for an executive is dependent on the 

following key factors listed below. 

A. 

B. 

Fixed Remuneration as at 30 June of the performance year.

Individual short-term incentive (STI) opportunity: expressed as 

a percentage of Fixed Remuneration.

C.  Balanced Scorecard (BSC) multiplier: based on the 

performance of the Group Balanced Scorecard measures.

D. 

Individual performance multiplier (IPM): based on the 

executive’s achievement of individual Key Performance 

Objectives (KPOs) and demonstration of the Company’s DNA.

Overall F23 STIP structure

Fixed
Based on level of skill

and responsibility

Fixed
Based on role and level of 

role within the Company

Variable
Based on Balanced 

Variable
Based on individual 

Scorecard performance

performance

STIP award $

(A) Fixed 
remuneration $

(B) STIP opportunity %

X

(C) Balanced 
Scorecard multiplier 
(0 to 1.2)

X

X

(D) Individual 
multiplier (0 to 1.5)

=

 RESTRICTED EQUITY 1/3
 CASH 2/3

65

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023F23 remuneration report

Global EBITS (50%)

Growth in sales volumes (15%)

Brand contribution margin (15%)

Cash conversion (10%)

STIP measures

(C) F23 Balanced Scorecard measures (multiplier 0 to 1.2x)

The EBITS metric focuses and rewards executives for the overall health and profit-
producing ability of the Company.  It is designed to ensure TWE products are available 
in the right quantities and retail locations and to reward executives for levels of earnings 
that will benefit shareholders and provide capital that can be further invested by the 
Company for future growth. 

This growth metric aims to reward executives for delivering sales volumes in our priority 
brands to drive a steep trajectory in top line growth globally. Delivery of this metric drives 
executives to explore wider opportunities for the Company to grow beyond existing 
products, markets, consumers and customers.

Executives delivering margin accretion are rewarded for delivering growth from quality 
brand contribution through premiumisation of the Company’s portfolio, optimising 
investment and making risk-managed, smart decisions. 

This metric rewards executives for the delivery of quality growth and strong planning 
operations as measured by improvements in the balance sheet, operating cash flow and 
forecast accuracy, all critical to delivering ROCE metric and financial returns for investors.

ROCE (10%)

This metric aims to incentivise executives to grow profits by increasing revenue or 
efficiency and optimise the Group’s asset base.

(D) F23 Individual KPOs and Company DNA (multiplier 0 to 1.5x)

Strategy and operations

• 

Individual strategic KPOs based on functional responsibility

Leadership, inclusion, equity and diversity

All executives:

• 

• 

• 

Role model inclusive leadership and deliver on all global (and where relevant, local) 
diversity, equity and inclusion commitments. 
Continue to champion and embed the TWE DNA and drive an increase in 
overall engagement.
Strengthen capability and depth of talent within own team and across all of TWE.

Wellbeing and sustainability

All executives:

• 

• 
• 

Reduction in serious safety incidents through active participation in the 
Destination Zero Harm program
Employee mental wellbeing
Execution of Sustainability strategy -  delivering on F23 targets and associated 
initiatives, and demonstrating progress towards F25 and F30 targets

Company DNA

•  We bring our whole self 
•  We are courageous 
•  We deliver together 

f) Long-term incentive plan (LTIP) 

The LTIP is designed to reward executives for long-term performance 

and value creation for shareholders.  Offers are approved by 

the Board and made to select executives and senior leaders as 

nominated by the CEO. For F23, the Board awarded the CEO an LTIP 

opportunity of 175% of fixed remuneration. 

The performance period for the F23 LTIP is 1 July 2022 to 30 June 2025 

and the plan is detailed on the following page.

66

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
LTIP measures

F23 LTIP measures and vesting schedules

Relative Total Shareholder 
Return (rTSR) (20%)

Relative to S&P/ASX 200 Index, excluding 
companies from the energy, metal and 
mining, real estate and finance sectors.

Relative TSR ranking

Below 50th percentile
50th to 60th percentile
60th to 75th percentile
At or above 75th percentile

% of performance rights subject to 
relative TSR measure which vest

0%
50%-70%
70%-100%
100%

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) (40%)

ROCE percentage points growth 
(from F22 ROCE baseline 10.7%)

ROCE result

% of performance rights 
subject to ROCE measure 
which vest

Calculated as EBITS divided by average 
capital employed (at constant 
currency). Capital employed is the 
sum of average net assets (excluding 
SGARA) and average net debt.

Less than 2.8
2.8 to 3.2
3.2 to 4.0
At or above 4.0

Earnings per Share (EPS) (40%) 

EPS1 CAGR %

Basic EPS is calculated as Net Profit (or 
Loss) After Tax (NPAT) excluding SGARA 
and material items, divided by the 
weighted average number of shares.  

0 – 7.5%
7.5% - 15%
At or above 15%

Less than 13.5%
13.5% to 13.9%
13.9% to 14.7%
At or above 14.7%

0%
35%-75%
75%-100%
100%

% of performance rights subject to 
EPS measure which vest

0%
35%-100%
100%

g) General employee share plan (Share Cellar) 
The Company has a broad-based employee share plan, Share Cellar, 

which operates by way of after-tax employee payroll contributions 

payback of proceeds from the sale of vested awards and/or reset or 

alter the performance conditions applying to any award.

(minimum $250 to maximum $5,000) to acquire shares in the 

Leavers

Company.  The Company delivers one matched share for every 

The Board has absolute discretion as to whether participants retain 

purchased share held at the plan vesting date (approximately two 

their unvested equity upon ceasing employment, taking into account 

years), subject to continued employment. An equivalent cash plan 

the circumstances of their departure. In general if an executive ceases 

operates in countries where, due to local laws, it is not practicable to 

employment with the Company, they forfeit their entitlement to cash 

offer shares to employees. 

or equity under the Company’s incentive plans. 

Shares were acquired in F23 under the 2022 Share Cellar offer and 

In exceptional circumstances (such as redundancy, death or 

a subsequent offer to participate in the 2023 Share Cellar Plan was 

disability), the Board, in its discretion, may determine that a portion of 

made during the year. The first share purchases in the 2023 Share 

the award is retained having regard to performance and time lapsed 

Cellar Plan occurred in July 2023 (F24).

to date of cessation (or that an equivalent cash payment be made).  

h) Global Leadership Group Long-term incentive plan (GLG LTIP)  

and restricted equity plan (REP) 

In addition to the LTIP for executives, the Company also now offers 

an LTIP to leaders below the executive leadership team, including 

the Global Leadership Group (GLG), along with a REP which allow the 

Board (and CEO through delegation) to make offers of Deferred Share 

Rights or Restricted Shares for the purpose of attracting, retaining and 

motivating key employees throughout the Company. Participation in 

the GLG LTIP is open to senior managers (excluding executives eligible 

for LTIP) and is subject to performance conditions and continued 

employment. There were no awards granted to, or vested for, 

executives under the GLG LTIP or REP in F23.

i) Other key information

Board discretion and clawback

Retained awards will generally be subject to post-employment 

vesting, where the participant must continue to hold the relevant 

Performance Rights until the end of the performance period, and be 

subject to the performance conditions under the plan.

Dividends and voting rights

Plan participants granted restricted shares are entitled to dividends 

and voting rights. Participants holding time-restricted rights or 

performance rights are entitled to neither dividends nor voting rights.

Change of control

In the event of a change of control, unless the Board determines 

otherwise, the transfer restrictions imposed on the shares will be lifted, 

but only insofar as to permit the executive to participate in the change 

of control event.  Any shares that do not participate in the change of 

The Board will exercise discretion to ensure any cash or equity 

control event will continue to be subject to restrictions until the end of 

outcomes are appropriately aligned to the Company’s underlying 

the applicable restriction period.

performance and the interests of shareholders. The Board maintains 

the discretion to clawback any vested or unvested equity should 

Hedging

a clawback event arise, which was not apparent at the time the 

To ensure the variable components of the Company’s remuneration 

equity was awarded. This may include (but not limited to) material 

structure remain ‘at-risk’, employees may not hedge against the risk 

misstatement of financial results, material reputational damage to the 

inherent in arrangements such as the LTIP or any other equity-based 

Company, or where there was serious misconduct by a participant. 

incentive plans.  Awards will be forfeited if the policy is breached.

This includes discretion to reduce, forfeit or reinstate awards, require 

1.    Earning per Share before material items and SGARA

67

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023F23 remuneration report

3. Performance and remuneration outcomes

a) Overview of Company performance

the Penfolds strategy to build distribution and grow consumer 

Company performance during F23 saw earnings and margin growth, 

demand. Treasury Americas reported a 14.0% increase in EBITS and 

driven by strong luxury top-line growth from Penfolds, successful 

EBITS margin increased by 5.6 percentage points, led by strong 

price increases across several brands and cost savings from the 

performance of key luxury brands including Frank Family Vineyards 

global supply chain optimisation program. The premiumisation 

and Beaulieu Vineyard and continued growth of premium brands, 

trends continue across the wine category with luxury wine continuing 

including Matua. This was partly offset by declines for 19 Crimes 

strong growth trends in all of TWE’s key global markets.  Management 

and Sterling Vineyards in addition to constrained luxury portfolio 

executed strongly during the year and our diversified business model, 

availability from the lower yielding 2020 Californian vintage. Treasury 

together with the benefits of key asset base and cost optimisation 

Premium Brands reported a 5.4% decline in EBITS while EBITS margin 

initiatives, have resulted in a resilient premium wine category despite 

was in line with F22. Reduced NSR for the commercial portfolio in the 

the tightening economic environment. 

UK and Australia were partly offset by 7.8% NSR growth for priority 

premium brands including 19 Crimes, Squealing Pig and Pepperjack. 

TWE delivered EBITS of $583.5m, an 11.4% increase on prior year and 

The combined premium and luxury portfolios delivered high  

EBITS margin improved 2.9 percentage points to 24.1%. We delivered 

double-digit gross profit growth in F23. 

EPS of 52.1 cents per share (before material items and SGARA) while 

ROCE increased from 10.7% in F22 to 11.3% in F23, driven by higher EBITS 

The table below summarises the Company’s financial performance 

and continued capital allocation discipline. The Company’s capital 

over the last five financial years.

structure remains flexible and efficient. We have retained a strong 

balance sheet and investment grade capital structure, with net  

debt/EBITDAS of 1.9x .

Due to the outstanding performance from our executives and our 

global teams and execution of key strategic priorities, the Company 

delivered strong operating momentum in F23. Penfolds reported a 

14.2% increase in EBITS and NSR growth of 14.3% was delivered through 

Asia, Australia and EMEA, reflecting the continued momentum behind 

Table 3.1: Overview of Company performance (reported)

Financial year ended 30 June 2023

EBITS performance (A$ million)

Earnings per share (cents)2

Dividends paid per share (cents)

Franked (%)

Closing share price ($ at 30 June)

Return on capital employed (%)

20191

664.7

57.2

35

100

14.92

13.6

20201

512.6

41.7

40

100

10.48

10.2

2021

2022

510.3

43.0

23

100

11.68

10.8

523.7

44.7

28

100

11.35

10.7

2023
583.5

52.1

343

100

11.23

11.3

1.  Prior year results for EBITS, Earnings per share and Return on Capital Employed have been restated 

for changes in accounting policies.

2.  Before material items and SGARA.
3.  The 2023 dividend of 34 cents is comprised of the final dividend in F22 of 16 cents (100% franked) 

paid on 30 September 2022 and the interim F23 dividend of 18 cents (100% franked) paid on 4 April 
2023.  For the final F23 dividend see Note 6 of the Financial Statements.

68

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023The following graph shows movement in the Company share price against movement in the ASX200 over the last five years. 

200%

150%

100%

50%

0%

 TWE 
 ASX200

8
1
0
2
y
u
J

l

9
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

9
1
0
2
y
u
J

l

0
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

0
2
0
2
y
u
J

l

1
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

1
2
0
2
y
u
J

l

2
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

2
2
0
2
y
u
J

l

3
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

3
2
0
2
y
u
J

l

b) Fixed remuneration outcomes

driver EBITS. Despite continued supply chain and cost headwinds, 

Market benchmarking and salary reviews are conducted annually 

and changing consumer and market dynamics, the Company has 

with any changes effective from 1 September. When comparing 

achieved strong performance against the F23 STIP targets and F23 

executives’ remuneration to the market, the ASX 21-75 peer group 

EBITS increased by 11.4% from F22 to $583.5m. As in previous years, 

was used. During F23:

targets set for F23 STIP included aggressive, stretch goals such as 

driving growth in other markets to mitigate the ongoing impact of 

• 

The CEO, Mr Ford, received a 3% increase from $1,575,000 to 

severely reduced shipments to Mainland China and to focus on 

$1,622,250 per annum, effective 1 September 2022.

delivering growth in earnings.

• 

The CFO, Mr Young, received a 3% increase from $749,700 to 

The continued focus on luxury wine and premiumisation has enabled 

$772,200 per annum, effective 1 September 2022.

EPS of 52.1 cents per share (before material items and SAGARA) 

• 

The CSCDO, Mr Boxer, received a 3% increase from $691,875 to 

portfolio volume declines in Treasury Americas and commercial 

$712,700 per annum, effective 1 September 2022.

portfolio volume declines in Treasury Premium Brands, partly 

and strong EBITS margin growth. NSR declined driven by premium 

c) Short-term incentive outcomes 

offset by strong luxury portfolio growth for Penfolds. This level of 

performance is reflected in the STIP results and the level of payout 

Short-term incentives are assessed by achievement against each 

for executives.

executive’s Balanced Scorecard and individual KPOs (including 

demonstration of the Company’s DNA). The F23 STIP Balanced 

Scorecard is heavily weighted to financial metrics, with the primary 

Actual results for the Balanced Scorecards are provided in the  

next table.

Actual results for the Balanced Scorecards are provided below. 

F23 STIP Scorecard

CEO

CFO

CSCDO

Weight

Payment

Weight

Payment

Weight

Payment

Global EBITS

Quality growth in sales volume

Brand contribution margin

Cash conversion

Return on Capital Employed

TOTAL

50%

15%

15%

10%

10%

100%

36%

0%

18%

0%

6%

60%

50%

15%

15%

10%

10%

100%

36%

0%

18%

0%

6%

60%

50%

15%

15%

10%

10%

100%

36%

0%

18%

0%

6%

60%

As outlined in section 2 (e), individual KPOs include a combination of strategic and operational shared objectives specific to the executive, 

and shared objectives relating to leadership, inclusion, equity and diversity, and wellbeing and sustainability. Demonstration of the 

Company’s DNA relates to behaviours specific to the executive and how the KPOs were achieved and is weighted equally with the individual 

KPOs. While the outcomes for the strategic and operational KPOs and demonstration of the Company’s DNA will differ between executives, 

outcomes for the inclusion, equity and diversity, and wellbeing and sustainability KPOs are shared objectives among all executives.

69

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F23 remuneration report

The table below sets out short-term incentive outcomes for each executive inclusive of the impact of individual performance  

multiplier outcomes.  

Table 3.2: F23 STIP outcomes  

(A) FR1 for 
STIP  
opportunity

(B) STIP
opportunity 
at Target  
(% of FR) 

STIP 
opportunity  
at Target 

(C) Business 
scorecard 
multiplier 

(D)  
Individual  
performance  
multiplier 

STIP 
awarded 

Total STIP
awarded 
(% of FR )

Cash

($)

Restricted 
equity

($)

(%)

($)

(%)

120%

1,168,020

72.0%

778,680

389,340

90%

277,297

35.9%

184,865

92,432

120%

341,241

47.9%

227,494

113,747

Total STIP 
opportunity 
forfeited 
(% of  
maximum)

(%)

60%

70%

60%

Executive

($)

(%)

($)

TM Ford

1,622,250

100.0%

1,622,250

M J Young

772,200

66.5%

513,513

SR Boxer

712,700

66.5%

473,946

(%)

60%

60%

60%

1.   FR is salary as of 1 September 2022. 

d) Long-term incentive awards and outcomes

LTIP awarded during the year

Performance rights were allocated to executives under the F23 LTIP 

after the 2022 Annual General Meeting and are subject to a three-year 

performance period. Any vesting is subject to three hurdles (detailed 

on page 67).  The performance rights have no exercise price and the 

minimum total value of the grant is zero. The maximum value is the 

number of awards granted multiplied by the share price at vesting. 

Table 3.3: F23 LTIP performance rights 

Executive 

Grant date

Vesting date

granted

Number of awards 

Face value at 
grant date ($)1

Fair value at grant 
date ($)2

Current (as at 30 June 2023)

TM Ford

MJ Young

SR Boxer

1 November 2022

30 June 2025

251,607

2,838,938

2,906,564

1 November 2022

30 June 2025

102,657

1,158,300

1,185,894

1 November 2022

30 June 2025

94,747

1,069,050

1,094,517

1.    The value of LTIP awards granted to executives was the face value of the volume weighted average price (VWAP) of Company shares sold on the Australian Securities Exchange over the 90-day period up 
to and including 30 June 2022 ($11.2832 per share).

2.    The fair value ($) in the table above is calculated using the valuation method detailed in note 22 of the Financial Statements.

70

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023LTIP vesting

The F21 LTIP was due to vest at the end of F23. The vesting schedule for the F21 LTIP is provided below.

Relative TSR 

vesting schedule

Relative TSR ranking

Below 50th percentile

50th to 60th percentile

60th to 75th percentile

At or above 75th percentile

ROCE baseline 

10.6% (F20)

ROCE percentage points growth

ROCE result

% of performance rights 

subject torelative TSR 

measure which vest

0%

35%-70%

70-100%

100%

% of performance rights 

subject to ROCE measure 

which vest

Less than 3.0

Less than 13.6%

0%

3.0 to 3.6

3.6 to 5.1

13.6% to 14.2%

14.2% to 15.7%

35%-75%

75%-100%

At or above 5.1

At or above 15.7%

100%

As outlined previously in the report, the Group’s Total Shareholder 

consultant, the Board made the unanimous decision to adjust  

Return (TSR) performance was at the 51st percentile relative to 

only the ROCE outcome (and not rTSR), and moreover, to adjust 

its peer group driving 39% vesting for this component of the LTIP 

the ROCE outcome only for the direct impact of the imposition of 

(weighted at 25%). However, while the Company has focused 

MOFCOM tariffs (and to exclude the other material, unanticipated 

on sustainable earnings, cost management and operational 

events including the pandemic and wildfires). The resulting payout 

effectiveness during the pandemic and following the introduction 

is 92% for the ROCE component (as adjusted for the MOFCOM tariffs 

of the MOFCOM tariffs, the subsequent financial impacts continue 

only and weighted at 75%). Total vesting of the F21 LTIP for each 

to have a direct impact on the ROCE component which would 

executive equated to 78.75% of the target grant value. The F21 LTIP 

have once again fallen below threshold unless otherwise adjusted. 

vesting outcome by executive is provided at Table 3.4.

After careful consideration of numerous alternatives and factors, 

and in consultation throughout this process with our independent 

Table 3.4: Vesting/lapsing of F21 LTIP

Executive 

Current (as at 30 June 2023)

TM Ford

MJ Young

SR Boxer

Number of 

performance rights 

granted

Value at grant 1
($)

Number of 

rights vested

Value vested 2
($)

Number 

of rights 

which 
lapsed3

Value lapsed2
($)

255,940

2,624,997

201,552

2,263,429

54,388

610,777

139,231

1,427,995

109,644

1,231,302

29,587

332,262

98,719

1,012,492

77,741

873,031

20,978

235,583

1.    ‘Value at grant’  is calculated based on $10.2563 which was the volume weighted average price of Company shares sold on the Australian Securities Exchange over the 90 day period up to and including 30 
June 2020. This was the price used to calculate the number of performance rights granted under the F21 LTIP as previously disclosed by the Company.

2.    The value ‘lapsed’ or ‘vested’ is calculated based on the closing share price on the performance period end date of 30 June 2023, being $11.23.

3.    The number of rights which lapsed as they did not vest.

71

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023F23 remuneration report

e) General employee share plan (Share Cellar)

f) Summary of awards held by executives

During F23, the 2023 Share Cellar Plan was launched. No executives 

Table 3.5 sets out the number and movement of awards held by 

participated in this plan. The Company has approximately one third 

executives. Restricted Shares are generally issued under STIP Deferral 

of all eligible employees participating in the Share Cellar Plan and 

(Restricted Equity). Performance Rights are issued under the LTIP. 

investing their post-tax pay to become shareholders. 

Table 3.5: Summary of awards held by executives

Held at the start 
of the reporting 
period

Granted/  
acquired during 
reporting period

Received  
upon vesting/ 
exercising1

Lapsed or 
forfeited2

Other 
change

Held at the 
end of the 
reporting 
period

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

64,963 

491,778 

22,181 

200,646 

21,743 

187,384 

988,695 

Name

Current (as at 30 June 2023)

TM Ford

Restricted Shares

Performance Rights

MJ Young Restricted Shares

44,338 

496,111 

16,842 

42,794 

(22,169) 

- 

251,607 

(201,552) 

(54,388) 

13,760 

(8,421) 

Performance Rights

237,220 

102,657 

(109,644) 

(29,587) 

SR Boxer

Restricted Shares

Performance Rights

13,472 

191,356 

15,007 

94,747 

(6,736) 

-

(77,741) 

(20,978) 

Grand Total

999,339 

520,572 

(426,263) 

(104,953) 

g) Remuneration of executives

Table 3.6 provides details of remuneration for the CEO and executives 

for F23, calculated in accordance with statutory accounting 

requirements.  All amounts are in Australian dollars and relate only to 

the portion of the year in which the person occupied the KMP role.

1.    Represents restricted shares under the F21 Deferred STIP which became unrestricted during F23.

2.    Represents F21 LTIP performance rights which lapsed on 30 June 2023. 

72

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Table 3.6: Remuneration of executives

TM Ford

MJ Young

SR Boxer

Total

F23

F22

F23

F22

F23

F22

F23

F22

Salary/fees1

1,588,486

1,538,932

743,120

720,182

683,937

665,495

 3,015,543

 2,924,609

Leave accrual2

 75,359

86,759

16,736

35,487

 1,400

4,375

93,495

 126,621

Non-monetary benefits3

 14,422

28,713 

 12,312

10,499

 10,184

10,493

36,918

49,705

Total cash incentive4

778,680  

 1,148,415

 184,865  

369,260

 227,494 

402,738

 1,191,039  

 1,920,413

Other payments

- 

(1,856)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1,856)

Superannuation /pension

25,292

23,568

25,292

23,568

25,292

23,568

75,876

 70,704

Total amortisation value  
of LTIP5

1,685,247

 696,229

 816,323

 212,369

 647,731

 410,773

 3,149,301

 1,319,371

Other equity6

507,449

181,115

 173,634

 72,061

 169,540

 52,249

850,623

 305,425

s
t
fi
e
n
e
b
m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
S

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

Total

4,674,935

 3,701,875

 1,972,282

 1,443,426

1,765,578

1,569,691

8,412,795

6,714,992

Performance related %7

64%

55%

60%

45%

59%

55%

Termination benefits

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

1.    Represents cash salary including any salary sacrificed items such as superannuation and novated 
motor vehicles.

at the offer date and is apportioned on a straight-line basis across the expected vesting period after 
adjusting at each reporting date for an estimation of the number of shares that will ultimately vest.

2.    Includes any net changes in the balance of annual leave and long service leave (i.e. leave 
entitlements that accrued during the year but were not used). 

3.    Includes the provision of car parking, product allocations, executive medical checks, taxation 
expenses and Fringe Benefits Tax on all benefits, where applicable. 

4.    Represents cash payments made under the F23 STIP, excluding the Restricted Equity portion which 
will be allocated in September 2023. 

5.     Includes a proportion of the fair value of all outstanding LTIP offers at the start of the year, or which 
were offered during the year. Under Australian Accounting Standards, the fair value is determined as 

6.    Includes a proportion of the fair value of all Restricted Shares and Deferred Share Rights held under 
outstanding Restricted Equity Plans at the start of the year. F22 STIP Restricted Equity was outstanding 
at the end of F23. Restricted Equity granted under the F23 STIP is expected to be allocated in September 
2023. Under Australian Accounting Standards, the fair value is determined as at the offer date and 
is apportioned on a straight-line basis across the expected vesting period after adjusting at each 
reporting date for an estimation of the number of shares that will ultimately vest.

7.    Represents the sum of incentive and Performance Rights/Restricted Equity as a percentage of total 
remuneration, excluding termination payments. No termination payments were made to Executives 
during F23.

73

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
F23 remuneration report

Non-Executive Director remuneration

4. Framework and outcomes 
This section of the report refers to the following Non-Executive Directors.

Name

Non-Executive Directors

Position

Dates

Current

PA Rayner

EYC Chan

GA Hounsell

CE Jay

A Korsanos

J Mullen

LM Shanahan

Former

WL Every-Burns

a)  Fee pool

Chairman

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Non-Executive Director

Commenced 1 May 2023

Non-Executive Director

Full year

Non-Executive Director

Retired effective 18 October 2022

b)  Non-Executive Director fees

The current maximum aggregate fee pool of $2,500,000 per annum 

The level of Non-Executive Directors’ fees takes into account the risks 

(inclusive of superannuation) was approved by shareholders at the 

and responsibilities of the role, the global reach and complexity of the 

2016 Annual General Meeting.  

business, Director skills and experience, and market benchmark data 

(provided by independent external consultants). 

From F23, as disclosed in the 2022 Remuneration report and after no 

increases since April 2019, the Board approved a 3% increase to Board 

Chair and Member base fees and a moderate increase to Committee 

fees effective from 1 July 2022. For F24, the Board has approved a  

3% increase to Chair and Member base fees to be effective from 1 

October 2023. No changes will be made to Committee fees. Table 4.1 

details the new Non-Executive Directors’ fees. 

Table 4.1: F23 Non-Executive Director fees

Board/Committee

Board base fee

Audit and Risk Committee

Human Resources Committee

Nominations Committee

Wine Operations and Sustainability Committee

F23 fees per annum, 

F24 fees per annum,

effective from 1 July 2022

 effective from 1 October 2023

Chair fee ($)

Member fee ($)

Chair fee ($)

Member fee ($)

546,000

46,500 

42,500 

10,000 1

35,000

198,500 

22,500 

21,500 

5,000 

18,000

562,380

46,500 

42,500 

10,000 1

35,000

204,455

22,500 

21,500 

5,000 

18,000

1.   The Chairman of the Board, Mr Rayner, is also the Chair of the Nominations Committee. He does not receive any additional fees for this role. 

In addition to the above fees, Non-Executive Directors receive a 

wine allowance of $4,000.  In order to maintain independence,  

Non-Executive Directors do not participate in the Company’s incentive 

plans and they do not receive retirement benefits other than the 

superannuation contributions disclosed in this report.

74

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
c)  Non-Executive Director outcomes

Details of Non-Executive Director remuneration for F23 and F22 are provided.

Table 4.2: F23 Non-Executive Director remuneration ($)

Non-Executive Director

PA Rayner

EYC Chan

J Mullen2

GA Hounsell

CE Jay

LM Shanahan

A Korsanos

Former

WL Every-Burns3

TOTAL

Year

FY23

FY22

FY23

FY22

FY23

FY22

FY23

FY22

FY23

FY22

FY23

FY22

FY23

FY22

FY23

FY22

FY23

FY22

Fees

 520,708 

 506,432 

 214,792 

 215,000 

 29,940 

 -   

 250,931 

 222,878 

 238,000 

 222,600 

 246,000 

 213,600 

 226,244 

 212,425 

 61,409 

 217,455 

 1,788,024 

 1,810,390 

Non-monetary 
benefits1

Superannuation

Total

 17,363 

 16,840 

 4,000 

 4,000 

 -   

 -   

 7,370 

 7,547 

 4,000 

 4,000 

 4,000 

 4,000 

 7,370 

 7,547 

 7,157 

 7,547 

 51,260 

 51,481 

 25,292 

 23,568 

 6,208 

 -   

 3,144 

 -   

 25,170 

 22,288 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 23,756 

 21,242 

 6,448 

 21,745 

 90,018 

 88,843 

 563,363 

 546,840 

 225,000 

 219,000 

 33,084 

 -   

 283,471 

 252,713 

 242,000 

 226,600 

 250,000 

 217,600 

 257,370 

 241,214 

 75,014 

 246,747 

 1,929,302 

 1,950,714 

1.    Includes product allocations, entertainment and Fringe Benefits Tax, where applicable. The amounts for Mr Rayner include car parking. 

2.    Mr Mullen joined the Board effective from 1 May 2023.

3.    Mr Every-Burns retired from the Board of Directors as of 18 October 2022.

75

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023F23 remuneration report

Other remuneration information

5.  Governance

a)  Role of the Human Resources Committee (HRC)

b)  Engagement of remuneration advisors

The HRC provides assistance to the Board in relation to such 

In F23, the Board and HRC engaged PwC as an independent advisor 

matters as monitoring remuneration principles and frameworks, 

to the HRC. Potential conflicts of interest are considered by the HRC, 

providing advice on remuneration matters, making remuneration 

and the Board and HRC are satisfied that the advice provided by PwC 

recommendations for executives, approving incentive plans and 

was free from undue influence. Any advice provided by remuneration 

reviewing and governing remuneration policies. In addition to its 

consultants is used as a guide only and is not a substitute for detailed 

remuneration responsibilities and together with the Board, the  

consideration of all relevant issues by the HRC. No remuneration 

HRC’s duties include overseeing talent management, inclusion, equity 

recommendations, as defined by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), 

and diversity, culture, and leadership development.

were provided. 

The Committee ensures that the Company’s policies and frameworks 

c)  Executive and Non-Executive Director share ownership

aid the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives, provide 

Executives and Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to have 

appropriate governance, are aligned with market practice, and 

control over ordinary shares in the Company and executives and  

fulfil the Board’s responsibility to shareholders. During the year the 

Non-Executive Directors are required to hold at least the equivalent 

Audit and Risk Committee Chair attended all but one of the Human 

of one year’s fixed remuneration or base fees. The guidelines are 

Resources Committee meetings as a Committee member. Also, the 

expected to be met over a reasonable period of time (approximately 

Human Resources Committee Chair typically attends the Audit and 

five years). The Company’s variable incentive programs contribute 

Risk Committee meetings, providing a link between both Committees 

towards executives meeting this guideline. The Director Share 

to assist with oversight of non-financial risk.

Acquisition Plan (DSAP) allows Directors to apply after-tax fees to 

the acquisition of the Company’s shares on a periodic basis at the 

As outlined in Section 4 of the Corporate Governance Statement 

prevailing market rate. 

disclosed on the Company’s website tweglobal.com, the Company 

has procedures in place for the reporting of any matter that may give 

Table 5.1 sets out KMP shareholdings.

rise to a conflict between the interests of a Director and those of the 

Company.  In addition, the Company has adopted a general policy for 

employees in relation to the disclosure and management of potential 

conflicts of interest (see Section 4 of the Corporate Governance 

Statement on tweglobal.com).

76

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Table 5.1: KMP shareholdings

F23

Executive

Current (as at 30 June 2023)

TM Ford

MJ Young

SR Boxer

Balance at start  

of the year

Received upon vesting/
exercise1

Other changes during 
the year2

Balance at end of 

year

 71,563 

 31,269 

 -   

 223,721

118,065 

 84,477

 -   

 295,284 

(3,993) 

 -   

145,341 

 84,477 

Executive total

 102,832 

 426,263 

(3,993) 

 525,102 

 F23

Non-Executive Directors

Current (as at 30 June 2023)

PA Rayner

EYC Chan

J Mullen

GA Hounsell

CE Jay

LM Shanahan

A Korsanos

Former

WL Every-Burns5

Non-Executive Director total

Grand total

Balance at start  

of the year

Acquired during the year 
as part of DSAP3

Other changes during 

the year

Balance at end  
of year4

 297,819 

 48,280 

 -   

 100,000 

 16,591 

 20,368 

 17,500 

 100,000 

 600,558 

 703,390 

 3,663 

 189 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 12,091 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 15,754 

 442,017 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 2,000 

 -   

 301,671 

 48,280 

 -   

 100,000 

 28,682 

 22,368 

 17,500 

(100,000) 

 -   

(97,811) 

 518,501 

(101,804) 

1,043,603 

1.    Includes release of restricted shares under Tranche 2 of F21 Deferred STIP and shares acquired upon auto-exercise of F21 LTIP awards. 

2.   Includes the purchase/sale of ordinary shares during F23 and for Mr Young, shares received under TWE’s dividend reinvestment plan. 

3.   Shares acquired by Directors using post-tax fees in TWE’s Director Share Acquisition Plan (DSAP). 

4.   No changes in shareholdings have occurred for non-executive directors from the balance date to the date of this report. 

5 .  Mr Every-Burns retired from the Board of Directors as of 18 October 2022. Mr Every-Burns’ balance of shares held as at 30 June 2023 is reduced to nil to reflect his retirement as an Non-Executive Director. 

77

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F23 remuneration report

6.  Further information

a) Executive contracts

There is no fixed term for executive contracts. The Company may 

c) Prior years’ equity arrangements

terminate service agreements immediately for cause, in which case 

This section summarises all outstanding equity arrangements for 

the executive is not entitled to any payment other than the value 

executives, as reported in previous Remuneration Reports.

of fixed remuneration and accrued leave entitlements up to the 

termination date. On resignation all executives are required to give six 

The below equity plans have no exercise price and the minimum 

months’ notice. If the termination is Company initiated without cause, 

total value of the grant is zero. The maximum value is the number of 

all executives have termination provisions of six months’ notice by the 

awards granted multiplied by the share price at vesting.

Company plus six months’ severance pay.

b) Other transactions with KMP and their personally related entities

The Company entered into transactions which are insignificant in 

amount with KMP and their related parties within normal employee, 

customer or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more 

favourable than those available in similar arm’s length dealings which 

include payments of salaries and benefits and purchase of Company 

products.

Some Directors of the Company are also Directors of public 

companies which have transactions with the Company.  The relevant 

Directors do not believe they have the individual capacity to control 

or significantly influence the financial policies of those companies.  

The companies are therefore not considered to be related parties for 

the purpose of the disclosure requirements of the Corporations Act 

2001 (Cth).

Table 6.1: Prior years’ restricted equity 

Executive

Plan

Instrument type

Allocation date

Number

Face value 

Fair value at 

at allocation 
date 1 
($)

allocation 
date 2
($)

Vesting date

TM Ford

F22 LTIP

Performance Rights

1 December 2021

240,171

2,624,997

2,425,127

30 June 2024

MJ Young

F22 LTIP

Performance Rights

1 December 2021

97,989

1,070,990

989,444

30 June 2024

SR Boxer

F22 LTIP

Performance Rights

1 December 2021

92,637

1,012,495

935,402

30 June 2024

1.    The value of F22 LTIP awards at allocation date is calculated based on the 90-day VWAP up to and including 30 June 2021 ($10.9297 per share). The vesting schedule is provided in Table 6.2.

2.   This LTIP value is calculated using the valuation method detailed in Note 22 of the Financial Statements. All other plans are based on face value.

78

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Table 6.2:  F22 LTIP vesting schedules

Relative TSR vesting schedule

Relative TSR ranking

% of performance rights subject to

relative TSR measure which vest

Below 50th percentile

50th to 60th percentile

60th to 75th percentile

At or above 75th percentile

0%

50%-70%

70%-100%

100%

ROCE baseline 10.8% (F21)

ROCE percentage points growth

ROCE result

ROCE measure which vest

% of performance rights subject to 

Less than 1.8

Less than 12.6%

0%

1.8 to 2.1

2.1 to 2.8

12.6% to 12.9%

12.9% to 13.6%

35%-75%

75%-100%

At or above 2.8

At or above 13.6%

100%

d) Definitions

Term

Definition

Constant currency

An exchange rate that eliminates the effects of exchange rate fluctuations year-on-year.

Earnings per Share (EPS)

NPAT excluding SGARA and material items, divided by the weighted average number of shares.  
Adjusted EPS is used to calculate performance outcomes, meaning that the Board retains the  
discretion to adjust EPS to ensure that participants are not penalised or provided with a windfall 
gain arising from material, non-recurring items.

EBITDAS

EBITS

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, material items and SGARA

Earnings before interest, tax, SGARA and material items.

EBITS Margin

EBITS divided by Net sales revenue

Key management personnel (KMP)

Those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the major 
activities of the Company and the Group, directly or indirectly, including any Director (whether 
executive or otherwise), as listed in the introduction to the Remuneration Report.

Phantom shares

Units which provide the participant with a right to receive a cash payment at the vesting date, 
whereby the payment is tied to the market value of an equivalent number of TWE shares.
The amount of the payout will increase as the share price rises, and decrease if the share price 
falls, but without the participant actually receiving any TWE shares.

Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) The return on investment of a company relative to a peer group of companies.

Restricted equity

Rights or shares granted by TWE that vest upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, such as  
continued employment for a period of time or the achievement of particular performance  
milestones. The plan participant cannot deal in the equity until it vests and the restriction is lifted.

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)

EBITS divided by Capital Employed (at constant currency).  Capital Employed is the sum of  
average net assets (adjusted for SGARA impact) and average net debt.

SGARA

Self-generating and regenerating assets. 

SGARA represents the difference between the fair value of harvest (as determined under AASB 
141 Agriculture) and the cost of harvest. The fair value gain or loss is excluded from Management 
EBITS so that earnings can be assessed based on the cost of harvest, rather than their fair value. 
This approach results in a better reflection of the true nature of TWE’s consumer branded and 
FMCG business and improved comparability with domestic and global peers.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR)

Total return on investment of a security, taking into account both capital appreciation and  
distributed income that was reinvested.

79

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling expenses

Marketing expenses

Administration expenses

Other income/(expenses)

Profit before tax and finance costs

Finance income

Finance costs

Net finance costs

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Net profit

Net (profit)/loss attributable to non-controlling interests

Net profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited

Other comprehensive income/(loss)  

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss

Cash flow hedges

Tax on cash flow hedges

Exchange gain /(loss) on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to members of 

Treasury Wine Estates Limited

Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the year

Note

3

2023  

$M

2,488.3

2022  

$M

2,531.8

(1,413.7)

(1,488.5)

24

1,074.6

(231.3)

(157.1)

(183.4)

(93.1)

409.7

79.6

(152.3)

(72.7)

337.0

(82.7)

254.3 

0.2

254.5

5.7

(1.3)

80.0

84.4

338.3

0.4

338.7

1,043.3

(235.2)

(136.2)

(148.9)

(78.7)

444.3

51.5

(122.9)

(71.4)

372.9

(109.7)

263.2

–

263.2

59.3

(16.6)

94.6

137.3

400.5

-

400.5

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

Basic

Diluted

Cents  
Per share

Cents  
Per share

7

7

35.3

35.1

36.5

36.3

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

80

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated statement of financial position
 As at 30 June 2023

Note

2023  
$M

2022  
$M

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

Current tax assets

Assets held for sale

Other current assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Agricultural assets

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Borrowings

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Other equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total parent entity interest

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

9

9

9

24

14

9

10

11

12

13

24

9

24

16

18

18

24

19

23

21

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

565.8

607.3

990.3

24.4

32.9

16.5

430.5

564.4

947.9

-

35.6

11.3

2,237.2

1,989.7

1,175.3

1,576.8

389.7

44.8

1,426.7

166.5

74.3

4,854.1 

7,091.3

709.7

18.7

101.7

250.7

17.6

1,063.6

1,521.5

435.3

32.9

1,399.8

163.5

57.4

4,674.0

6,663.7

747.2

8.5

76.3

161.5

9.6

1,098.4

1,003.1

1,686.9

383.2

43.9

2,114.0

3,212.4

3,878.9

1,512.2

338.7

20.7

1,871.6

2,874.7

3,789.0

3,280.7

3,280.7

(18.1)

134.5

464.6

3,861.7 

17.2 

3,878.9 

-

48.7

455.5

3,784.9

4.1

3,789.0

81

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Balance at 30 June 2021

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive income/
(loss)

Total comprehensive 
 income for the year/(loss)

Transactions with owners in their  
capacity as owners directly in equity

Share based payment expense

Vested deferred shares and share 
rights

Dividends to owners of the Company

Contributed
equity
$M

3,280.7 

-

-

-

-

-

-

Balance at 30 June 2022

3,280.7

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income/(loss)

Total comprehensive  
income for the year/(loss)

Transactions with owners in their  
capacity as owners directly in equity

Share based payment expense

Vested deferred shares and share 
rights

Other equity

Non controlling interest of aquisition

Dividends to owners of the Company

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(18.1)

-

-

Other
equity
$M

Retained
earnings
$M

Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$M

Other
reserves
$M

Non-
controlling
interests
$M

Total
$M

Total
equity
$M

394.4 

(22.4)

(65.6)

3,587.1 

4.1 

3,591.2 

263.2

-

-

263.2

-

94.6

42.7

137.3

263.2

94.6

42.7

400.5

-

-

-

-

-

-

263.2

137.3

400.5

10.4

(11.0)

(202.1)

-

-

(202.1)

455.5

-

-

-

10.4

10.4

(11.0)

(11.0)

-

(202.1)

72.2

(23.5)

3,784.9

4.1

3,789.0

254.5

-

-

254.5 

(0.2)

254.3 

-

79.4

4.4

83.8 

0.6

84.4 

254.5

79.4

4.4

338.3

0.4

338.7 

-

-

-

-

(245.4)

-

-

-

-

-

13.8

13.8

(11.8)

(18.1)

(11.8)

-

-

-

-

-

-

13.8

(11.8)

(18.1)

12.7

-

12.7

(245.4)

-

(245.4)

Balance at 30 June 2023

3,280.7

(18.1)

464.6

151.6

(17.1)

3,861.7

17.2

3,878.9 

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

82

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers

Payments to suppliers, governments and employees

Borrowing costs paid

Income taxes paid

Interest paid (net)

Net cash flows from operating activities

8

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant, and equipment

Payments for intangible assets

Payments for subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividend payments

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Purchase of shares – employee equity plans

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Total cash flows from activities

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effects of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash flows and cash balanc-
es

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

9

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2023  

$M  

inflows/

(outflows)

2022  

$M  

inflows/

(outflows)

Note

3,125.8

3,378.3

(2,710.2)

(2,653.9)

(9.7)

(69.8)

(64.1)

272.0

(243.6)

(5.4)

(55.8)

193.4

(111.4)

(245.4)

394.2

(154.1)

(21.9)

(27.2)

133.4

430.5

1.9

565.8

(5.4)

(95.5)

(61.5)

562.0

(102.4)

(9.8)

(439.6)

143.2

(408.6)

(202.1)

335.7

(301.1)

(17.3)

(184.8)

(31.4)

448.1

(9.7) 

430.5

83

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements: About this report
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 1 - About this report

Treasury Wine Estates Limited (‘the Company’) is a for profit 

Capital structure: provides information about the capital 

company incorporated in Australia and limited by shares which are 

management practices adopted by the Group - particularly how 

publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX). The 

much capital is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much 

consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its 

is borrowed from financial institutions (debt) in order to finance the 

controlled entities (collectively, ‘the Group’). 

activities of the Group both now and in the future.

The accounting policies that are critical to understanding 

Taxation: sets out the Group’s tax accounting policies, the current 

the financial statements are set out in this section. Where an 

and deferred tax charges, a reconciliation of profit or loss before 

accounting policy is specific to one note, the policy is described in 

tax to the tax charge or credit and the movements in deferred tax 

the note to which it relates. 

assets and liabilities.

Basis of preparation

Risk: discusses the Group’s exposure to various financial risks, 

The consolidated financial statements are general purpose 

explains how these affect the financial position of the Group and 

financial statements prepared in accordance with Australian 

what is done to manage these risks.

Accounting Standards (AASBs) adopted by the Australian 

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 

Group composition: explains aspects of the Group’s structure and 

2001. The consolidated financial statements comply with the 

business acquisitions.

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by 

the International Accounting Standards Boards (IASB). They were 

Other: other required disclosures under Australian Accounting 

authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 15 August 2023.

Standards and IFRS.

The financial statements are presented in Australian dollars with 

all values rounded to the nearest tenth of one million dollars unless 

Key estimates and judgements

otherwise stated, in accordance with ASIC Corporations (Rounding 

in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191.

In preparing this financial report, the Group is required to 

Notes to the financial statements

reported amounts in the financial statements.  

The notes include additional information required to understand 

the financial statements that is material and relevant to the 

These estimates, judgements and assumptions are continually 

operations, financial position and performance of the Group.  

evaluated, and are based on forecasts of economic conditions 

make estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the 

which reflect expectations and assumptions as at 30 June 

Information is considered material and relevant if the amount in 

2023 about future events that the Directors believe are 

question is significant because of its size, nature or incidence or it 

reasonable in the circumstances.  

helps to explain the impact of significant changes in the business, 

for example, acquisitions and asset write-downs.

The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or 

complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are 

Line items labelled ‘other’ on the face of the consolidated 

significant to the financial statements:

statements comprise miscellaneous income, expenses, assets, 

liabilities or cash flows which individually or in aggregate are not 

Note 3:

Revenue 

considered material to warrant additional disclosures. 

Note 9:

Working capital

Where applicable, comparative periods have been adjusted to 

Note 11:

Right-of-use assets

disclose comparatives on the same basis as the current year.

The notes are organised into the following sections:

Note 12:

Agricultural assets

Note 13:

Intangible assets

Note 15:

Impairment of non-financial assets

Earnings: focuses on the financial results and performance of 

the Group. It provides disclosures relating to income, expenses, 

Note 24:

Income tax

segment information, material items and earnings per share.

Note 35:

Business acquisitions

Working capital: shows the assets and liabilities generated through 

trading activity. It provides information regarding working capital 

management and analysis of the elements of working capital.

Operating assets and liabilities: provides information regarding 

the physical assets and non-physical assets used by the Group to 

generate revenues and profits (including associated liabilities).  

This section also explains the accounting policies applied and 

specific judgements and estimates made by management in 

arriving at the value of these assets and operating liabilities. 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements: About this report
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 1 - About this report (continued)

Principles of consolidation

Tax charges and credits attributable to these exchange differences 

The consolidated financial statements include the assets and 

are also recognised in equity. 

liabilities of Treasury Wine Estates Limited and its controlled 

entities as a whole at year-end and the consolidated results and 

Average exchange rates used in translating profit and loss items in 

cash flows for the year. A list of controlled entities (subsidiaries) is 

F23 are:

provided in note 28.

A$1 = US$ 0.673 (F22: US$ 0.726)

A$1 = GB£ 0.559 (F22: GB£ 0.545) 

An entity is regarded as a controlled entity when the Company is 

exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement 

Year-end exchange rates used in translating financial position 

with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through 

items in F23 are:

power over the entity.  

A$1 = US$ 0.662 (F22: US$ 0.688)

A$1 = GB£ 0.525 (F22: GB£ 0.568)

The rights of other investors to the results and equity of the 

subsidiaries (called non-controlling interests) are shown 

Fair value measurement 

separately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and  

The Group measures certain financial instruments, including 

other comprehensive income, consolidated statement of  

derivatives, and certain non-financial assets such as agricultural 

changes in equity and consolidated statement of financial  

assets, at fair value at each balance sheet date.

position respectively.

The financial information of the subsidiaries is prepared for the 

paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 

same reporting period as the parent, using consistent accounting 

participants in its principal or most advantageous market at the 

policies.  Intra-group balances and transactions arising from  

measurement date. It is measured using the assumptions that 

intra-group transactions are eliminated.

market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or 

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of 

interest. A fair value measurement of a non-financial item assumes 

control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

it is put to its highest and best use.

assuming that market participants act in their economic best 

Functional and presentation currency

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian 

the circumstances and for which sufficient data is available to 

dollars. Each entity in the Group determines its own functional 

measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable 

currency and items included in the financial statements of each 

inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

entity are measured using that functional currency. The major 

functional currencies used throughout the Group include Australian 

Accounting standards prescribe a fair value hierarchy, described 

Dollar (AUD), United States Dollar (USD) and Great British Pound 

as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the 

(GBP). Other currencies used include the Canadian Dollar, Euro, 

fair value measurement as a whole:

New Zealand Dollar, Singapore Dollar, Swedish Krona, Norwegian 

Krone and Chinese Renminbi.

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for 

identical assets or liabilities.

Foreign group companies

Level 2 - Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input 

As at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of overseas 

that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly (i.e. as 

subsidiaries are translated into Australian dollars at the rate 

prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived by prices) observable.

Level 3 - Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that 

is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the income 

statement is translated at the average exchange rates for the 

period. The exchange differences arising on the translation are 

recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve within equity.

When a foreign operation is sold, the cumulative exchange 

difference in equity for this operation is recognised in the 

consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive 

income as part of the gain and loss on sale.

Transactions and balances

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the 

functional currency of the relevant entity at the exchange rates 

ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 

denominated in foreign currencies are subsequently translated at 

the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. 

Exchange differences arising are recognised in the consolidated 

statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income, 

except for gains or losses arising on assets or liabilities that qualify 

for hedge accounting, discussed further in note 26.            

85

 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements: About this report
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 2 - Segment information

The Group’s segments

Segment accounting policies

The Group reports segment information on the same basis as its 

internal management reporting structure and consistent with the 

Segment assets and liabilities

information used to organise and manage the Group. 

Segment assets and liabilities represent those working capital 

and non-current assets and liabilities which are located in the 

During the current period, the business structure was reorganised 

respective segments. Cash and borrowings, other than lease 

to better reflect the Group’s management of the Canadian 

liabilities, are not considered to be segment assets/liabilities 

operations, with a number of brands sold in Canada that are now 

as they are managed by our centralised treasury function. 

managed by Treasury Premium Brands being remapped from 

Consistent with the use of EBITS for measuring profit, tax 

Treasury Americas to Treasury Premium Brands. Comparatives 

assets and liabilities, which do not contribute towards EBITS, 

have been restated to incorporate these changes. 

are not allocated to operating segments.

Presentation of segment results

Management EBITS

Corporate charges

Unallocated corporate charges are reported in the 

The principal profit metric for internal management reporting is 

Corporate/unallocated segment.  Net finance costs are not 

Management earnings before interest, tax, SGARA and material 

allocated to segments as the Group’s financing function is 

items (EBITS). Corporate charges are allocated to each segment 

centralised through its treasury function.

on a proportionate basis linked to segment revenue, head count 

or other appropriate driver depending on the nature of the charge.

Segment loans payable and loans receivable

Segment loans are initially recognised at the amount 

SGARA represents the difference between the fair value of 

transferred.  Intersegment loans receivable and payable that 

harvested grapes (as determined under AASB 141 Agriculture) 

earn or incur non-market interest are adjusted to fair value 

and the cost of harvested grapes. The fair value gain or loss 

based on market interest rates. 

is excluded from Management EBITS so that earnings can be 

assessed based on the cost of harvest, rather than their fair value.  

Other

This approach results in a better reflection of the true nature of 

If items of revenue and expense are not allocated to 

TWE’s consumer branded and FMCG business and improved 

operating segments, then any associated assets and 

comparability with domestic and global peers. The F23 SGARA 

liabilities are not allocated to segments either.

loss of $64.5 million includes the impact of a significant reduction 

in tonnage and yield from the 2023 Australian vintage, resulting in 

losses of $24.7 million. 

The Group has the following reportable segments:

(i)  Penfolds

This segment is responsible for the manufacturing, sale and 
marketing of Penfolds wine globaly. 

(ii)  Treasury Premium Brands

This segment is responsible for the manufacturing, sale and 
marketing of wine within Australia, Asia, Europe, Middle-East 
and Africa. 

(iii)   Treasury Americas

This segment is responsible for the manufacture, sale 
and marketing of wine within North American and Latin 
Americas regions.

86

 
 
 
 
 
TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Earnings
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 2 - Segment information (continued)

2023

Total revenue comprises:

Net sales revenue

Other revenue

Treasury
Premium 
Brands
$M

Penfolds
$M

Treasury 
Americas
$M

Total 
segment
$M

Unallocated/
corporate
$M

Consolidated
$M

782.4

4.8

819.7

26.7

820.9

2,423.0

28.0

59.5

-

5.8

5.8

2,423.0

65.3

2,488.3

Total segment revenue (excl other income/interest)

787.2

846.4

848.9

2,482.5

Management EBITS

SGARA gain/(loss)

Material items

Management EBIT

Net finance costs

Consolidated profit before tax

81.7

364.7

203.9

650.3

(66.8)

583.5

(27.0)

(33.2)

(4.3)

(64.5)

-

(64.5)

(108.2)

(5.7)

31.6

(82.3)

(26.9)

(109.2)

(53.5)

325.8

231.2

503.5

(93.7)

409.7

(72.7)

337.0

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and  
right-of-use assets

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

Assets held for sale

(21.3)

(34.5)

(73.1)

(128.9)

(3.7)

(132.6)

(16.4)

21.3

(0.1)

11.6

(2.1)

(18.6)

(10.5)

(29.1)

-

32.9

-

32.9

Capital expenditure (additions)

(23.2)

(38.6)

(178.5)

(240.3)

(8.7)

(249.0)

Segment assets 

Segment liabilities

1,398.5

1,854.9

2,902.6

6,156.0

935.3

7,091.3

(301.4)

(267.2)

(695.7)

(1,264.3)

(1,948.1)

(3,212.4)

2022 Restated

A

Total revenue comprises:

Net sales revenue

Other revenue

Treasury
Premium 
Brands
$M

Penfolds
$M

Treasury 
Americas
$M

Total 
segment
$M

Unallocated/
corporate
$M

Consolidated
$M

829.8

5.6

717.3

4.9

929.6

2,476.7

34.7

45.2

-

9.9

9.9

2,476.7

55.1

2,531.8

Total segment revenue (excl other income/interest)

835.4

722.2

964.3

2,521.9

Management EBITS

SGARA gain/(loss)

Material items

Management EBIT

Net finance costs

Consolidated profit before tax

86.4

(9.8)

(0.1)

76.5

319.3

(12.7)

178.8

(11.4)

584.5

(60.8)

523.7

(33.9)

-

(33.9)

(2.4)

(39.0)

(41.5)

(4.0)

(45.5)

304.2

128.4

509.1

(64.8)

444.3

(71.4)

372.9

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and  
right-of-use assets

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

Assets held for sale

(21.9)

(35.6)

(70.9)

(128.4)

(3.6)

(132.0)

(1.8)

7.9

-

4.5

(7.2)

23.2

(9.0)

35.6

(12.9)

(21.9)

-

35.6

Capital expenditure (additions)

(35.6)

(45.3)

(20.0)

(100.9)

(11.3)

(112.2)

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

1,461.8

1,647.2

2,808.2

5,917.2

746.5

6,663.7

(292.5)

(236.8)

(797.5)

(1,326.8)

(1,547.9)

(2,874.7)

A        F22 has been restated to reflect brands sold in Canada that are now managed by Treasury Premium Brands being remapped from Treasury Americas to Treasury Premium Brands.

87

Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Earnings
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 2 - Segment information (continued)

Geographical segments

The presentation of geographical net sales revenue is based on the location of the selling entity. 

Australia

United States of America

United Kingdom

Other geographical locations1

Total

Net sales revenue

2023  

$M

1,004.3

922.0

329.4

167.3

2022  

$M

985.4

1,035.7

345.6

110.0

2,423.0

2,476.7

1.     Other than Australia, United States of America and the United Kingdom, non-current assets of other countries are individually less than 10% of the Group’s net sales revenue.

The presentation of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets. 

Australia

United States of America

United Kingdom

Other geographical locations2

Total geographical non-current assets

Other non-current assets3

Consolidated non-current assets

Non-current assets

2023  

$M

1,974.7

2,227.0

136.8

282.8

2022  

$M

2,041.2

2,113.5

146.0

154.3

4,621.3

4,455.0

232.8

219.0

4,854.1

4,674.0

2.     Other than Australia, United States of America and the United Kingdom, non-current assets of other countries are individually less than 10% of the Group’s non-current assets. 

3.     Other non-current assets include financial derivative assets and deferred tax assets.

88

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Earnings
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 3 - Revenue

Revenue

Net sales revenue1

Other revenue

Total revenue

1.     Net sales revenue is net of trade discounts and volume rebates.

Net sales revenue – types of products

The Group generates revenue through the sale of branded 

wines, principally as a finished, bottled product. The Group’s wine 

portfolio includes some of the world’s leading Luxury, Premium and 

Commercial wine brands such as Penfolds, Beringer, Lindeman’s, 

Wolf Blass, 19 Crimes, Beaulieu Vineyard, Sterling Vineyards and 

Stags’ Leap.  

The Group distributes wine to a range of customers across the 

world, with routes to market tailored by country. Depending on 

the geography, wine is sold to distributors, wholesalers, direct 

to national retail chains, independent retailers and on-premise 

outlets. The Group also has some sales direct to the consumer. 

Other revenue 

Other revenue of the Group includes contract bottling services to 

third parties, sub-lease income and grape and bulk wine sales.  

Sales approach 

For F23, the Group had no customers whose revenues represented 

more than 10% of reported net sales revenue. For F22, there was one 

customer in Treasury Americas whose revenues represented 11.4% 

of reported net sales revenue. 

Financing components  

The Group does not have any contracts where the period between 

the transfer of the promised product or services to the customer 

and payment by the customer exceeds one year. Consequently, 

the Group does not adjust any of the transaction prices for the time 

value of money.

2023  

$M

2022  

$M

2,423.0

2,476.7

65.3

2,488.3

55.1

2,531.8

Accounting policies

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified 

in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts 

collected on behalf of third parties. The Group’s contracts with 

customers generally include one performance obligation. 

Revenue from the sale of products or services is recognised 

at the point in time when control over a product or service is 

transferred to the customer, generally on delivery. Revenue 

is recorded net of sales discounts and rebates, duties and 

taxes. Payment terms vary by customer. The following specific 

criteria are also applied:

Wine

Revenue is recognised in a manner that depicts transfer of 

control of goods to customers at the amount that reflects 

the consideration the business expects to be entitled to in 

exchange for those goods. Sales to national retail chains, 

domestic distributors, independent retailers and on-premise 

outlets are usually recognised when goods are delivered. 

Sales to international customers are recognised based on the 

international commercial terms the goods are shipped under, 

but typically when goods are despatched. This is also the 

case for some national retail chains that manage their own 

distribution networks. 

Bottling services

Revenue is recognised when the relevant service has 

been completed.

Key estimate and judgement

Trade discounts and volume rebates

Products are often sold with volume discounts and other 

rebates. Sales are recorded based on the consideration 

specified in the sales contracts or terms, net of the estimated 

discount or rebate at the time of sale. These discounts or 

rebates are considered variable consideration and are 

accounted for in determining the transaction price of 

a contract. The method used by the Group to estimate 

discounts and rebates is the most likely amount. Accumulated 

experience is used to estimate and provide for the discounts 

and rebates based on anticipated purchases and depletions.

89

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Earnings
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 4 - Other earnings disclosures 

Net foreign exchange gains/(losses)

Salaries and wages expense

Costs associated with cloud computing arrangements

Share based payments expense

Items recognised as material items – refer note 5

Restructuring and redundancy costs

(Write-down)/reversal of write-down of assets

Net profit/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment

Transaction and integration costs

Other items

Restructuring and redundancy costs

Insurance income

Net profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

2023  

$M

0.5

2022  

$M

(0.6)

(386.5)

(342.8)

(9.9)

(13.8)

(82.6)

(55.2)

34.4

(5.8)

(0.3)

22.7

7.3

(7.2)

(10.4)

(9.0)

(3.2)

(20.5)

(12.8)

(0.5)

15.4

0.9

Total other gains and (losses) 

(79.5)

(29.7)

Accounting policies

Employee benefits

Employee benefits include wages, salaries, annual leave, bonuses, non-monetary benefits and share based payment expenses. 

Further details of Group policy on measuring employee benefits are set out in note 16.

Superannuation

Employees are members of defined contribution superannuation schemes. Superannuation contributions are recognised as an 

expense when they are due and payable.

Property, plant and equipment income

Revenue from the sale of property, plant and equipment is recognised when an executed contract becomes unconditional.

Other income

Revenue is recognised on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

Insurance income

Revenue is recognised when recovery is virtually certain.

90

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Earnings
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 5 - Material items 

The following individually material items are included within the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Individually material items included in profit before income tax:

Treasury Premium Brands operating model restructure

Restructuring and redundancy (costs)

(Write-down)/reversal of write-down of property, plant and equipment

(Write-down)/reversal of write-down of intangible assets

Divestment of US brands and assets

Restructuring and redundancy (costs)

(Write-down)/reversal of write-down of intangible assets

Net profit/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment

South Australian luxury winery expansion

Restructuring and redundancy (costs)

(Write-down)/reversal of write-down of assets

Supply chain restructure

Restructuring and redundancy (costs)

Acquisition of Frank Family Vineyards

Transaction and integration (costs)

Acquisition of Château Lanessan

Transaction and integration (costs)

Total material items (before tax)

Tax effect of material items

Total material items (after tax)

2023  

$M

(72.9)

(40.9)

(14.3)

(0.2)

-

34.4

-

-

2022  

$M

-

-

-

(0.4)

(5.3)

(20.5) 

(4.5)

2.1

(9.5)

(4.1)

(0.4)

(12.8)

(5.4)

(109.2)

33.2

(76.0)

-

(45.5)

10.5

(35.0)

In F23, material items reflect costs relating to the implementation of the new Treasury Premium Brands operating model, the review and 

restructure of commercial operations and assets in the Americas, the acquisition of Frank Family Vineyards in the Americas and costs 

related to the acquisition of Château Lanessan. 

In F22, material items reflect costs relating to the acquisition of Frank Family Vineyards in the Americas, the restructure and review of 

commercial operations and assets in the Americas, the costs pertaining to the long-term investment in luxury winemaking infrastructure 

in South Australia, and costs relating to the Group’s supply chain restructure.

Material items

Material items are defined as those items of income or expense which have been determined as being sufficiently significant by their 

size, nature or incidence and are disclosed separately to assist in understanding the Group’s financial performance.

91

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Earnings
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 6 - Dividends

Dividends declared and paid on ordinary shares

Final dividend for 2022 of 16.0 cents per share, 100% franked  (2021: 13.0 cents per share, 100% franked)A

Interim dividend for F23 of 18.0 cents per share 100% franked (F22: 15.0 cents per share – 100% franked)B

Dividends approved after balance date 

Since the end of the financial year, the Directors approved a final dividend of 17 cents per share  

(F22: 16.0 cents) 100% franked (F22: 100% franked). This dividend has not been recognised as a liability in the 

consolidated financial statements at year-end.

2023  

$M

115.5

129.9

285.4

122.7

2022  

$M

93.8

108.3

202.1

115.5

A.   The F22 final dividend includes an amount of $5.1 million (F21 final dividend: $4.0 million) for shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan which were fulfilled by on market share purchase. 
B.   The F23 interim dividend includes an amount of $6.8 million (F22 interim dividend: $5.0 million) for shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan which were fulfilled by on market share purchase.

Details in relation to franking credits are included in note 24.

Note 7 - Earnings per share

Basic EPS
Basic EPS (cents) based on net profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited

Diluted EPS
Diluted EPS (cents) based on net profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited

Weighted average number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue used in the calculation of basic EPS  
(in thousands)

Effect of potentially dilutive securities
Deferred shares (in thousands)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue used in the calculation of diluted EPS  
(in thousands)

Earnings reconciliation 
Basic and diluted EPS

Net profit

Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Net profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited used in calculating basic  
and diluted EPS

Calculation of earnings per share

Earnings per share (EPS) is the amount of post-tax profit attributable to each share.

2023 

2022 

Cents per share

Cents per share

35.3

36.5

35.1

36.3

Number

Number

721,848

721,848

3,612

3,233

725,460

725,081

$M

254.3

0.2

$M

263.2

-

254.5

263.2

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the net profit after income tax attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number 

of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS is determined by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders after tax by the weighted average number 

of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares in the employee.  

Long-Term Incentive Plan and Restricted Equity Plan (see note 22).

92

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Earnings
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 8 - Net cash flows from operating activities

Reconciliation of net cash flows from operating activities to profit after income tax

Profit for the year

Depreciation and amortisation

SGARA (gain)/loss

Write-down/ (reversal of write-down) of assets

Net profit on disposal of non-current assets

Share based payments expense

Net cash provided by operating activities before change in assets and liabilities

Change in working capital and tax balances, net of effects from acquisition/disposal of  
controlled entities

Receivables

Inventories

Derivative financial assets/liabilities

Payables

Net tax balances

Provisions

Net cash flows from operating activities

2023  

$M

254.3

147.4

64.5

55.2

(41.7)

13.8

493.5

(38.8)

(132.5)

9.0

(69.9)

(13.0)

23.7

272.0

2022  

$M

263.2

148.6

33.9

3.2

10.9

10.4

470.2

88.7

(21.7)

(4.6)

43.2

14.3

(28.1)

562.0

93

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Working capital
For the year ended 30 June 2023

 Note 9 - Working capital

Current

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables (a)

Inventories (b)

Trade and other payables

Total current

Non-current

Inventories (b)

Total non-current

(a)  Receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Allowance for expected credit loss

Other receivables

Prepayments 

Total current receivables

(b)  Inventories

Current

Raw materials and stores

Work in progress

Finished goods

Total current inventories

Non-current

Work in progress

Finished goods

Total non-current inventories

Total inventories

2023  

$M

565.8

607.3

990.3

2022  

$M

430.5

564.4

947.9

(709.7)

(747.2)

1,453.7

1,195.6

1,175.3

1,175.3

1,063.6

1063.6

2023  

$M

448.6

(7.7) 

99.7

66.7

2022  

$M

427.2

(7.3)

95.2

49.3

607.3

564.4

2023  

$M

67.7

253.6

669.0

990.3

872.8

302.5

1,175.3

2,165.6

2022  

$M

60.8

345.0

542.1

947.9

815.5

248.1

1,063.6

2,011.5

Inventories of wine stocks are classified between current and non-current based on sales projections for the ensuing year. Inventories 

recognised as an expense during the year and included in cost of sales amounted to $1,314.3 million (F22: 1,402.9 million). 

In F23, the write-down of inventories to net realisable value is $16.9 million (F22: $22.8 million). Reversals of write-downs amounted to nil (F22: nil). 

These amounts are included in cost of sales.

94

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Working capital
For the year ended 30 June 2023

 Note 9 - Working capital (continued)

Accounting policies

Key estimates and judgements 

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade discounts and volume rebates

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, deposits 

Key estimates relate to the amount accrued for discounts 

held at call with banks, cash in transit, short-term deposits and 

and rebates. Products are often sold with trade discounts 

investments with maturities of three months or less.

and volume rebates. Sales are recorded based on the 

price specified in the sales contracts or terms, net of the 

Cash assets and cash liabilities are offset and presented as a 

estimated discount or rebate at the time of sale. Accumulated 

net amount in the consolidated statement of financial position 

experience is used to estimate and provide for the discounts 

when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset or 

and rebates based on anticipated purchases and depletions.

intent to settle on a net basis.

For the purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, 

The period over which some wine inventories are converted 

cash and cash equivalents are disclosed net of outstanding 

from raw materials to finished goods can be a significant 

Net realisable value of inventory

bank overdrafts.

Receivables

length of time. Failure to forecast demand effectively may 

result in excess inventories or missed revenue opportunities. 

Trade receivables are initially recognised at invoice value (fair 

Forecast demand and market prices can vary significantly 

value) and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less an 

over the holding period up to the likely date of sale. Estimating 

allowance for expected credit losses.

the most likely conditions at the expected point of sale is 

therefore more challenging over the longer term. Non-current 

Credit terms are generally between 30 – 120 days depending 

inventory is $1,175.3 million (F22: $1,063.6 million) and its 

on the nature of the transaction. For trade receivables, 

estimated selling price is therefore a key estimate.

the Group applies the simplified approach for expected 

credit losses, which requires expected lifetime losses to be 

recognised from initial recognition of receivables. Expected 

credit losses are calculated by utilising a provision matrix 

where loss rates are calculated based on days past due for 

groupings of various customer segments that have similar 

loss patterns (for example geography, product type and 

rating). The provision matrix is initially determined by the 

Group’s historical observed loss rates and calibrated for 

forward looking information. Loss rates will be updated at each 

reporting date based on changes in observed default rates 

and changes in forward looking information. 

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of their cost (using 

weighted average or FIFO basis) or estimated net realisable 

value. 

The cost of raw materials is their purchase price or, in the case 

of grapes sourced from Group owned vineyards, fair value 

(see note 12 for further details). The cost of manufactured 

goods is determined on a consistent basis and is made up 

of the raw materials and direct labour used in manufacture. 

It also includes other direct costs and related production 

overheads based on normal operating capacity.

Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price 

in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs of 

completion and estimated costs to be incurred in marketing, 

selling and distribution.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables including accruals are recorded 

when the Group is required to make future payments as a 

result of purchases of goods or services. Trade and other 

payables are carried at amortised cost.

95

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Operating assets and liabilities
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 10 - Property, plant and equipment

Land

2022 

$M

2023 

$M

Freehold  

buildings

Leasehold  

buildings

Plant and

equipment

2023 

$M

2022 

$M

2023 

$M

2022 

$M

2023 

$M

2022 

$M

2023 

$M

Total

2022 

$M

Cost

475.9

442.8

544.4

540.2

45.1

43.8

1,783.5

1,867.7

2,849.9

2894.5

Projects in progress 

-

-

-

-

-

-

72.6

91.4

72.6

91.4

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment

(29.4)

(39.4) 

(223.9)

(238.9)

(25.1)

(27.6)

(1,066.3)

(1,158.5) (1,344.7)  (1,464.4)

Carrying amount at end of year

446.5

403.4

320.5

301.3

20.0

16.2

789.8

800.6

1,576.8

1,521.5

Reconciliations

Carrying amount at start of year

403.4

305.6

301.3

260.6

16.2

15.8

800.6

740.5

1,521.5

1,322.5

Additions

Business acquisition 

(Transfer to)/from  
assets held for sale

133.6

19.8

6.5

94.3

(121.4)

(6.8)

13.7

23.4

(1.1)

(Transfer to)/from other asset 
classes 

1.6

-

(8.0)

10.2

32.9

-

-

-

-

-

6.3

Disposals

(1.4)

(9.0)

(0.1)

(4.2)

(0.2)

(6.2)

-

(0.1)

(Write-downs)/write-downs 
reversal

Depreciation expense

Foreign currency translation

(0.7)

-

11.6

-

-

1.2

96.3

1.9

84.5

23.9

243.6

102.4

45.1

151.1

(15.6)

(5.3)

(138.1)

(12.1)

(0.4)

8.0

(0.5)

8.0

(17.0)

(12.7)

(18.7)

(25.9)

(33.9)

-

(40.9)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(11.2)

(8.7)

(2.7)

(1.9)

(61.9)

(65.7)

(75.8)

(76.3)

12.8

8.7

10.5

0.5

1.1

19.8

27.4

40.6

51.8

Carrying amount at end of year

446.5

403.4

320.5

301.3

20.0

16.2

789.8

800.6

1,576.8

1,521.5

Included within plant and equipment are ‘Projects in progress’ of $72.6 million (F22: $91.4 million), which are assets under construction and 

therefore not yet depreciated.  The cost of construction includes the cost of materials used in construction, direct labour on the project, and an 

allocation of overheads. The Group recognised a write down of $40.9 million (F22: nil write-downs) for property, plant and equipment during  

the year.

96

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Note 10 - Property, plant and equipment

Note 10 – Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Operating assets and liabilities
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Accounting policies

Property, plant and equipment is initially recorded at cost and then reduced by accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.

Plant and equipment is depreciated so that the assets are written down to their residual value over their useful lives, using a reducing 

balance or straight-line method depending on the nature of the asset. Assets that relate to leases are written-off over the period of 

the lease or useful life, whichever is the shorter. Residual values, useful lives and amortisation methods are reviewed annually and 

adjusted when required.

Depreciation expense is included in ‘costs of sales’, ‘selling expenses’ and ‘administration expenses’ in the consolidated statement of 

profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

The depreciation rates used for each class of asset are as follows:

Freehold buildings 

Leasehold buildings  

1.5% - 10.0%

10.0% - 20.0% 

Plant and equipment  

3.3% - 40.0%

Costs incurred in maintaining agricultural assets are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Derecognition and disposal

When an asset is sold, scrapped or is no longer of use to the business it is derecognised.  Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of 

the asset (calculated as the difference between the net proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is recorded in the period the 

asset is derecognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Vineyard resources

Australia

United States

New Zealand

Italy

France

2023 
Hectares

2022 
Hectares

6,859

2.393

505

185

175

10,117

7,857

2,702

505

154

90

11,308

The area under vine shown above:  

• 

• 

• 

Includes 2,719 hectares (F22: 3,000 hectares) under direct leasing arrangements.

19 hectares (F22: 10 hectares) of olive groves in Tuscany, a region of Italy. 

Yielded 68,026 tonnes of grapes (F22: 90,002 tonnes). 

Harvests generally occur in September - October in the Northern Hemisphere and February - May in the Southern Hemisphere.

97

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023  
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Operating assets and liabilities
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 11 – Right-of-use assets

The Group has leases for vineyards, buildings, equipment and motor vehicles. The Group’s lease arrangements have durations up to 25 years 

but may have extension options as described in (d) below. 

The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases, including IT 

equipment and oak barrels. The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over 

the lease term.

(a)  Right-of-use assets

Land

2022 

$M

2023 

$M

Leasehold  

buildings

Plant and

equipment

2023 

$M

2022 

$M

2022 

$M

2023 

$M

2023 

$M

39.2

Total

2022 

$M

Cost

469.5

483.9

256.3

259.2

39.4

765.0

782.5

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

(225.2)

(209.0)

(131.2)

(116.1)

(18.9)

(22.1)

(375.3)

(347.2)

Carrying amount at end of year

244.3

274.9

125.1

143.1

20.3

17.3

389.7

435.3

Reconciliations

Carrying amount at start of year

274.9

278.3

148.1

155.3

Additions

DisposalsA

8.7

5.8

9.1

(20.5)

(4.2)

(7.7)

2.3

-

17.3

10.1

-

14.8

9.5

435.3

448.4

27.9

-

(28.2)

17.6

(4.2)

Depreciation and impairment expense

(26.7)

(26.3)

(22.3)

(21.9)

(7.8)

(7.5)

(56.8)

(55.7)

Foreign currency translation

Carrying amount at end of year

7.9

21.3

244.3

274.9

2.9

125.1

7.4

143.1

0.7

20.3

0.5

17.3

11.5

29.2

389.7

435.3

A.   During F23 the Group purchased and subsequently sold a number of vineyard assets that were previously subject to long term lease arrangements, as a part of the ongoing restructure of supply 
assets in America. 

(b) Amounts recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Expenses relating to low-value leases, excluding short-term leases of low-value items

Expenses relating to short-term leases

(c) Amounts recognised in statement of cash flows

Total cash out flow for lease liabilities 

(d) Extension options

2023 

$M

30.1

31.5

0.1

2023 

$M

88.0

2022 

$M

32.5

35.1

0.1

2022 

$M

86.1

Some property and vineyard leases contain extension options exercisable by the Group up to the end of the non-cancellable contract period. 

These options are used to provide operational flexibility across the Group. The extension options held are exercisable only by the Group and 

not the lessors. The Group has estimated that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise the extension option, would result in an 

increased lease liability of $577.4 million (F22: $869.0 million). 

(E) Variable lease payments

Variable lease payments not included in lease liabilities 

2023 

$M

128.4

2022 

$M

119.7

98

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Operating assets and liabilities
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 11 – Right-of-use assets (continued) 

Certain contractual arrangements may contain both lease and  

and other operating expenses associated with leased assets. Certain 

non-lease components. Non-lease components are distinct elements 

grape purchasing arrangements include variable payments based 

of a contract that are not related to securing the use of the leased 

on actual tonnage and price of grapes that will vary depending on 

asset, such as inventory, common area maintenance, and other 

certain factors, including weather, time of harvest, overall market 

management costs. The Group has elected to measure the amount 

conditions, and the agricultural practices and location of the vineyard.

disclosed in relation to variable leases for these arrangements by 

combining the lease and non-lease components.

Such variable lease payments are excluded from the calculation of 

the right-of-use asset and are recognised in the period in which the 

Certain leases include variable lease payments, including payments 

obligation is incurred.

that depend on an index or rate, as well as variable payments for 

items such as grapes, labour, property taxes, insurance, maintenance, 

Accounting policies

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a 

contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, 

a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use 

of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for 

consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right 

to control the use of an identified asset, the Group uses the 

definition of a lease in AASB 16 Leases.

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability 

at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is 

initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount 

of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at 

or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs 

incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove 

the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the 

site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the 

straight-line method from the commencement date to the 

end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of 

•  amounts expected to be payable under a residual value

guarantee; and

• 

the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is

reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an 

optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain 

to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early 

termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably 

certain not to terminate early.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the 

effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a 

change in future lease payments arising from a change in an 

index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of 

the amount expected to be payable under a residual value 

guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether it 

will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option or if 

there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a 

corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount 

of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if the 

carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced 

the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term 

to zero.

or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group 

will exercise a purchase option. In that case the right-of-use 

asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying 

asset, which is determined on the same basis as those of 

property, plant and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use 

asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and 

adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of 

the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 

date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease 

or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s 

incremental borrowing rate. 

The Group determines its incremental borrowing rate by 

obtaining interest rates from various external financing 

sources and makes certain adjustments to reflect the terms of 

the lease and type of the asset leased.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease 

liability comprise the following:

•  fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;

•  variable lease payments that depend on an index or

a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the 

commencement date; 

The Group presents right-of-use assets as ‘right-of-use 

assets’ and lease liabilities in ‘borrowings’ in the consolidated 

statement of financial position.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets 

and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and  

short-term leases, including IT equipment and oak barrels.  

The Group recognises the lease payments associated with 

these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the 

lease term.

Key estimates and judgements

Right-of-use assets

The Group has applied judgement in determining the interest 

rates used in the discount rate and in determining the term of 

a lease, which is based on the likelihood of the Group’s ability 

to renew the lease and having regard for terms equivalent to 

those that currently exit.

99

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Operating assets and liabilities
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 12 - Agricultural assets

Agricultural assets

Total agricultural assets

Reconciliations

Carrying amount at start of year

Fair value increase

Transfers to inventory

Foreign currency translation

Carrying amount at end of year

2023 

$M

44.8

44.8

32.9

43.7

(32.9)

1.1

44.8

2022 

$M

32.9

32.9

33.8

30.8

(33.8)

2.1

32.9

Grape growing and sourcing
The Group has a variety of sources of fruit including owned and leased vineyards, contracted growers and the bulk wine market. 

This approach provides flexibility through the economic cycle and assists with managing the risks arising from agricultural factors beyond the 

Group’s control such as pests, disease and extreme weather conditions.  

The Group’s owned vineyards ensure access to super premium fruit from key viticultural regions including the Barossa Valley and Coonawarra 

in Australia, Marlborough in New Zealand, the Napa Valley in California and the Bordeaux region of France. These vineyards contribute to some of 

the Group’s most prestigious wines. 

Accounting policies

Key estimates and judgements

The agricultural assets of the Group (i.e. grapes) are measured 

Fair value of grapes

at their fair value, less estimated point of sale costs.

Key to estimating the value of grapes is the following: 

The fair value adjustment during the year is recognised within 

•  The estimated harvest costs;

‘Other expenses’ in the consolidated statement of profit or loss 

•  Market prices for grapes; or

•  Yield estimates;

and other comprehensive income.

•  The quality of grapes, including the impacts on harvested

grapes of weather, agricultural practices and location of 

Harvested grapes are transferred to inventory initially at fair 

the vineyard.

value and are then subsequently accounted for in the cost of 

inventory (see note 9).

Fair value determination

The valuations of agricultural assets are Level 2 fair value 

measurements under the Group’s accounting policy  

(see note 1), with the principal inputs being:

Grapes prior to harvest

Estimated based on the expected yields per hectare, 

estimated harvest costs and the anticipated market price of 

grapes..

 Harvested grapes

Determined by reference to the weighted district average of 

grape prices for each region for the current vintage. Prices 

vary with the grade quality of grapes produced in each region.

100

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Operating assets and liabilities
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 13 - Intangible assets

Brand names
and licences

IT development
costs

Goodwill

Total

2023 

$M

2022 

$M

2023 

$M

Cost

1,646.4

1,605.0

145.8

Projects in progress at cost

-

-

2.5

2022 

$M

130.5

10.1

2023 

$M

2022 

$M

2023 

$M

2022 

$M

989.9

963.6

2,782.1

2,699.1

-

-

2.5

10.1

Accumulated amortisation and 
impairment

(617.4)

(582.5)

(114.4)

(100.3)

(626.1)

(626.6)

(1,357.9)

(1,309.4)

Carrying amount at end of year

1,029.0

1,022.5

33.9

40.3

363.8

337.0

1,426.7

1,399.8

Reconciliations

Carrying amount at start of year

1,022.5

825.3

Additions

Business acquisitions

Disposal

(Transfers to)/from  
other assets classes

-

1.6

-

-

Amortisation and impairment expense

(16.9)

Foreign currency translation

21.8

-

162.2

(0.8)

-

(2.1)

37.9

Carrying amount at end of year

1,029.0

1,022.5

33.9

40.3

5.4

-

-

52.7

9.8

-

-

0.4

(8.0)

(12.2)

(14.5)

0.3

40.3

337.0

277.5

1,399.8

1,155.5

-

17.3

-

-

-

9.5

-

59.0

-

-

(5.3)

5.8

5.4

18.9

-

0.4

(29.1)

31.3

9.8

221.2

(0.8)

(8.0)

(21.9)

44.0

363.8

337.0

1,426.7

1,399.8

Goodwill is allocated to the Cash Generating Units (CGUs) or group of CGUs (see note 15 for further details) that are expected to benefit from the 

synergies of the combination. The allocation of intangible assets (other than IT development costs) is as follows:

Treasury Premium 
Brands

Penfolds

Treasury Americas

Total

2023 

$M

2022  

$M

2023 

$M

2022  

$M

2023 

$M

2022  

$M

2023 

$M

 2022  
$M

Goodwill

Carrying amount at start of year

114.5

115.4

Business acquisitions

Impairment

Foreign currency translation

Carrying amount at end of year

-

-

1.6

116.1

-

-

(0.9)

114.5

91.1

17.3

-

2.6

111.0

90.4

0.8

-

(0.1)

91.1

131.4

-

-

5.3

136.7

71.7

58.2

(5.3)

6.8

131.4

337.0

17.3

-

9.5

363.8

277.5

59.0

(5.3)

5.8

337.0

Brand names and licences

Carrying amount at start of year

265.2

265.8

221.3

221.2

536.0

338.3

1,022.5

825.3

Business acquistions

Disposal

-

-

Amortisation and impairment expense

(15.8)

Foreign currency translation

0.3

-

-

(1.6)

1.0

1.6

-

-

0.1

-

-

-

0.1

-

-

(1.1)

21.4

162.2

(0.8)

(0.5)

36.8

1.6

-

(16.9)

21.8

162.2

(0.8)

(2.1)

37.9

Carrying amount at end of year

249.7

265.2

223.0

221.3

556.3

536.0

1,029

1.022.5

101

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Operating assets and liabilities
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 13 - Intangible assets (continued)

Key estimates and judgements

Useful life of brand names

In assessing whether a brand has a finite or indefinite useful 

life, the Group makes use of information on the long-term 

strategy for the brand, the level of growth or decline of the 

markets that the brand operates in, the history of the market 

and the brand’s position within that market.  

If a brand is assessed to have a finite life, the Group will use 

judgement in determining the useful life of the brand including 

the period over which expected cash flows will continue to be 

derived in making that decision.

Accounting policies

Brand names and licences

IT development and software

Other than in relation to Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) 

arrangement, costs incurred in developing information 

technology (IT) products or systems and costs incurred in 

acquiring software and multi-year licenses are capitalised 

as intangible IT assets. They include the cost of purchased 

software and internal labour and contractors used in the 

development of software.  

IT assets are carried at cost less any accumulated 

amortisation and are amortised over their expected useful life 

(2 -10 years) on a straight-line basis. Amortisation is included 

in ‘Other expenses’ in the consolidated statement of profit or 

loss and other comprehensive income. 

SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Group 

with the right to access the cloud provider’s application 

software over the contract period. The following outlines the 

Brand names are recognised as assets when purchased 

accounting treatment of implementation costs incurred in 

individually and (primarily) as part of the allocation of the 

relation to SaaS arrangements:

purchase price when the Group acquires other businesses. 

Internally generated brand names are not capitalised and 

expenditure incurred in developing, maintaining or enhancing 

brand names is charged to profit or loss in the year incurred. 

Recognise as an operating 
expense over the term of the 
service contract

Brand names are initially recognised at cost when purchased 

individually and at fair value when acquired with a business.  

This fair value is determined by reference to independent 

valuations. 

Recognise as an operating 
expense as the service is 
received

•  Fee for use of application 

software

•  Customisation costs only 
when ‘not distinct’ and 
undertaken by SaaS vendor

•  Configuration costs
•  Data conversion and testing
•  Testing costs
•  Training costs

Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried 

at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any 

Costs incurred for the development of software code that 

accumulated impairment losses.  

Goodwill

enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, 

existing on-premise systems and meets the definition of and 

recognition criteria for an intangible asset are recognised as 

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of businesses and 

intangible IT assets.

represents the difference between the purchase price and 

share of the net assets of the acquired business, recorded at 

fair value.   

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost 

less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not 

amortised but is tested for impairment at least annually (see 

note 15).

102

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Note 14 - Assets and disposal groups held for sale

Assets and disposal groups held for sale

Total assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale

2023 
$M

32.9

32.9

2022 
$M

35.6

35.6

Assets held for sale comprise property, plant and equipment identified by the Group to be recovered through sale.

Management are committed to a plan to sell a number of surplus assets in Australia, including vineyards and wine making facilities, as well as 

the related property, plant and equipment. Accordingly, the vineyards and facilities have been presented as assets held for sale.

Impairment losses relating to the asset and disposal group

Impairment losses of nil (F22: nil) for the write down of the asset and disposal group to the lower of its carrying amount and its fair value less 

costs to sell have been included in “other expenses” in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Refer to 

note 4 for other earnings disclosures.

Accounting policies

Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if their value will be recovered principally through their sale, rather than through 

ongoing use within the business.

Assets are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. They are valued at the lower of their carrying 

amount and fair value less costs to sell with an impairment loss recognised for any difference. A gain is recognised for any 

subsequent increase in value, but not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised. Any gain or loss not 

previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current asset is recognised at that point. The fair values of the assets based 

on independent market appraisals exceed the assets’ carrying values.

Note 15 - Impairment of non-financial assets
In F23 the recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGUs) 

exceed their carrying values and as a result no impairment 

has been recognised (F22: nil). There were no indications that 

The Group’s CGUs are consistent with the prior period and are:

•  Penfolds Americas 

•  Penfolds ANZ 

•  Penfolds EMEA 

previously recognised impairment losses should be reversed (F22: 

•  Treasury Americas 

nil). The recoverable amount was determined through a value in 

•  Treasury Premium Brands ANZ 

use calculation. The write down of assets disclosed in note 4 relates 

•  Treasury Premium Brands EMEA 

to assets for which their valuation was tested independently of the 

•  Goodwill is tested for impairment at a divisional level, which is    

CGUs in accordance with other accounting policies. 

     the level it is monitored at.

Accounting policies

Timing of impairment testing
The Group tests property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets for impairment:
•  At least annually for goodwill and indefinite life brands; and
•  Where there are indications that an asset may be

impaired; or

•  Where there is an indication that previously recognised

impairments may have changed.

Impairment losses are recognised in the consolidated statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Approach to impairment testing
If the asset does not generate independent cash inflows and 
its value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value, 
the asset is tested for impairment as part of the CGU to which it 
belongs.

When an asset’s (or CGU’s) carrying value exceeds its recoverable 
amount, it is impaired. Recoverable amount is the higher of the 
asset’s (or CGU’s) fair value less costs of disposal or value in use.  

Fair value is determined in accordance with the accounting policy 
set out in note 1.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

Reversals of impairment 
If there is an indicator that a previously recognised impairment 
loss no longer exists or has decreased, recoverable amount is 
estimated. If there has been a change in the estimates used to 
determine an asset’s recoverable amount since an impairment 
loss was recognised, the carrying value of the asset is increased 
to its recoverable amount (limited to the amount that would have 
been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss 
been recognised for the asset in prior years). 

Any reversal is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit 
or loss and other comprehensive income with an adjustment 
to depreciation in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised 
carrying value, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over 
its remaining useful life. The Group does not reverse impairments 
recognised for goodwill. 

103

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Operating assets and liabilities
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 15 -  Impairment of non-financial assets (continued)

Key estimate and judgement

Exchange rates

Impairment testing key assumptions 

The Group has estimated recoverable amount based on value 

in use at 30 June 2023. Key estimates and judgements include:

Cash flow forecasts

Cash flow forecasts are based on the Group’s most recent 

five-year financial plans approved by the Board. Key 

Cash flow forecasts in foreign currency are forecast in that 

currency and discounted using the applicable regional 

discount rates (predominantly USD and GBP). 

Sensitivity analysis 

Increases in discount rates or changes in other key 

assumptions, such as operating conditions or financial 

performance, may cause the recoverable amount to fall below 

assumptions in the cash flow forecasts include sales volume 

carrying values.  

growth, cost of sales and cost of doing business. 

For the TPB division, the recoverable amount exceeds the 

carrying value by $186 million. A reduction in cash flow 

forecasts of more than 26% for all years in the forecast 

period and also in the terminal year would reduce the CGU’s 

headroom to nil. There are no reasonably possible changes in 

the discount rate that would result in an impairment.

For the remaining CGUs, based on current economic 

conditions and CGU performance, there are no reasonably 

possible changes to key assumptions used in the 

determination of CGU recoverable amounts that would result 

in an impairment to the Group.

The Group’s assumptions regarding sales volume growth 

and costs of doing business are based on expectations of the 

market demand and past experience. The assumption on cost 

of sales is based on expectation about future vintage costs 

which assume continuity of sourcing and access to fruit. 

These estimates, judgements and assumptions are based on 

forecasts of economic conditions which reflect expectations 

and assumptions as at 30 June 2023 about future events that 

the Directors believe are reasonable in the circumstances.  

Long-term growth rates

Cash flow forecasts beyond a five-year period are 

extrapolated using a growth rate range of 2.0% to 3.0% (F22: 

2.0% to 3.0%). Growth rates are specific to individual CGUs and 

reflect expected future market and economic conditions. 

Discount rates

The Group applies a post-tax discount rate to post-tax cash 

flows as the valuation calculated using this method closely 

approximates applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax 

cash flows. The post-tax discount rates incorporate a risk-

adjustment relative to the risks associated with the net post-

tax cash flows being achieved. The following pre-tax discount 

rates were applied:

Penfolds Americas

Penfolds ANZ

Penfolds EMEA

Treasury Americas

Treasury Premium Brands ANZ

Treasury Premium Brands EMEA

2023

10.4%

10.4%

9.5%

10.0%

10.7%

10.0%

2022

9.0%

11.1%

10.5%

9.4%

11.1%

10.5%

104

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Note 16 - Provisions

Current

Employee entitlements

Other

Total current provisions

Other provisions

2023

Carrying amount at start of year

Charged/(credited) to profit or loss

Payments

Foreign currency translation

Carrying amount at end of year

Supply contracts 

Restructuring

$M

1.5

31.5

-

0.1

33.1

$M

4.8

26.2

(8.1)

0.1

23.0

2023 
$M

39.2

62.5

101.7

Other

$M

27.2

6.1

(27.6)

0.7

6.4

2022 
$M

42.8

33.5

76.3

Total

$M

33.5

63.8

(35.7)

0.9

62.5

Other provisions include $5.2 million (F22: $26.2 million) in relation to estimated repair costs for a winery and vineyards that were damaged by 

wildfires in the Americas. 

Supply contract provisions are held for contracts that have been identified as being surplus to the Group’s needs. The restructuring provision 

comprises costs in relation to the Group’s rationalisation and restructure program.   

Accounting policies

Restructuring

Provisions are recognised for present obligations (legal, 

equitable or constructive) to make future payments (or other 

transfer of value) to other entities due to past transactions 

or events. They are recognised only when it is probable the 

liability will arise and when a reliable estimate can be made of 

the amount. 

If the effect of time value of money is material, provisions are 

determined by discounting the expected future cash flows 

at a pre-tax risk-free rate plus, where appropriate, the risks 

specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase 

in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a 

finance cost.

Employee entitlements

Liabilities for employees’ entitlements to wages and salaries, 

annual leave and other current employee entitlements (that 

are expected to be paid within 12 months) are measured at 

amounts expected to be paid as at the reporting date.

Liabilities for other employee entitlements, which are not 

expected to be paid or settled within 12 months of reporting 

date, are accrued in respect of all employees at the present 

value of future amounts expected to be paid.

Restructuring provisions are recognised at the point when 

a detailed plan for the restructure has been developed and 

implementation has commenced. The cost of restructuring 

provided is the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the 

appropriate rate which reflects the risks of the cash flow.

Termination benefits are payable when employment is 

terminated before the normal retirement date or whenever 

an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for 

these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits 

when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating the 

employment of a current employee according to a detailed 

formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or upon the 

provision of an offer to encourage voluntary redundancy.

Supply contracts

Supply contracts provisions are measured at the lower of the 

expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected 

net cost of continuing with the contract (discounted to present 

value if material).

105

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Capital structure
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 17 - Capital management

The Group considers capital to be the combination of shareholders’ 

In order to optimise the Group’s capital structure and in line with 

equity, reserves and net debt. The key objectives of the Group’s 

the Group’s strategic objectives and operating plans, the  

approach to capital management include:

Company may: 

• 

Safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going 

• 

Alter the amount of dividends paid to shareholders;

concern

          Return capital to shareholders

•  Maintaining a credit profile and the requisite financial metrics 

that secures access to funding with a spread of maturity dates 

and sufficient undrawn committed facility capacity

• 

Optimising over the long term, and to the extent practicable, the 

weighted average cost of capital to reduce the Group’s cost of 

capital while maintaining financial flexibility 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Issue new shares 

Vary discretionary capital expenditure 

Draw-down additional debt 

Sell assets to reduce debt. 

• 

To provide returns to shareholders and benefits to other 

stakeholders

Note 18 - Borrowings 

Total borrowings consist of:

Current 

Non-current

Total borrowings

Various financial ratios and internal targets are assessed and  

reported to the Board on a regular basis by management to  

monitor and support the key objectives set out above. These ratios 

and targets include: 

• 

• 

An earnings to net interest expense ratio 

A total net indebtedness to earnings before interest, tax, 

depreciation, amortisation and self-generating and regenerating 

assets ratio 

• 

Group debt maturity profile.

2023 
$M

250.7

2022 
$M

161.5

1,686.9

1,512.2

1,937.6

1,673.7

Details of major arrangements

US Private Placement Notes 

USPP notes bear interest at fixed and floating interest rates. In 

accordance with the Group’s risk management strategy, the Group 

US Private Placement (USPP) notes totalling US$575 million 

has entered into a combination of fixed to floating and floating to 

(unsecured) are outstanding, with maturities ranging from 

fixed interest rate swaps to obtain the desired fixed/floating interest 

December 2023 to September 2034. The carrying value of USPP 

ratio, with interest rate collars also used to manage interest rate 

notes at 30 June 2023 is $868.6 million (F22: $472.2 million). 

risk. Refer to note 25 for further details.

In September 2022 the Group issued USPP notes totalling US$250 

Lease liabilities

million with tranches of US$175 million maturing September 2032 

The Group enters into Lease arrangements that meet the 

and US$75 million maturing September 2034.

capitalisation requirements under AASB 16 Leases. Current and 

Debt facilities

non-current lease liabilities are recognised for the present value 

of the lease payments due under the lease contracts and are 

During the year the Group repaid and extinguished US$70 million 

represented as borrowings.

of drawn syndicated debt facilities. Syndicated debt facilities now 

total US$350 million with US$120 million maturing December 2026 

At 30 June 2023, the Group recognised current lease liabilities of 

and US$230 million maturing in December 2027 which are fully 

$63.8 million (F22: $62.2 million) and non-current lease liabilities of 

drawn at 30 June 2023. The carrying value of the syndicated debt 

$485.1 million (F22: $546.8 million). The Group’s lease arrangements 

facility at 30 June 2023 is $528.7 million (F22: $610.2 million).

have durations up to 25 years. 

The Group has in place several revolving bank debt facilities with 

maturities staggered through to June 2026. As at 30 June 2023 

$10.3 million is drawn under the bank debt facilities (F22: nil).

106

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Capital structure
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 18 - Borrowings (continued)

Financial guarantees

The Group has issued financial guarantees to other persons of 

$28.8 million (F22: $28.4 million) that could be called upon at any 

time in the event of a breach of the Group’s financial obligations. 

No payments are expected to eventuate under these financial 

guarantees as the Group expects to meet its respective obligations 

to the beneficiaries of these guarantees.

Receivables purchasing agreement

The Group has entered into an uncommitted non-recourse 

receivable purchasing agreement to sell certain domestic and 

international receivables, from time to time, to an unrelated entity 

in exchange for cash. As at 30 June 2023, receivables of $22.9 

million had been derecognised under this arrangement (F22: nil). 

Accounting policies

Borrowings are initially recorded at fair value of the 

consideration received, net of directly attributable costs. 

After initial recognition, borrowings are measured at amortised 

cost, using the effective interest rate method.  Amortised cost 

is calculated by considering any issue costs, and any discount 

or premium on issuance. Gains and losses are recognised 

in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive 

income if borrowings are derecognised.

All balances translated to AUD

Net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Loan receivable

Bank loans1

US Private Placement Notes (net of fair 
value hedge)

Lease liabilities

Other loan payable

Net debt

Total cash flows 
from activities
$M

2022
$M

Additions to  
net debt
$M

Debt
revaluation and 
FX movements
$M

430.5

0.4

(603.5)

(472.2)

(609.0)

(0.5)

117.0

5.4

83.9

(377.7)

63.8

-

(1,254.3)

(107.6)

-

-

-

-

16.1

-

16.1

18.3

-

(20.2)

(18.7)

(19.8)

-

(40.4)

2023 
$M

565.8

5.8

(539.8)

(868.6)

(548.9)

(0.5)

1,386.2

1. 

Loans are stated net of capitalised facility finance costs. At reporting date, the balance of bank loans is $546.3 million (F22: $610.2 million) against capitalised facility finance costs of $6.5 million (F22: $6.7 
million) to be amortised over the facility period.

Note 19 - Contributed equity

Issued and paid-up capital

721,848,176 (F22: 721,848,176) ordinary shares, fully paid

Own shares held

Contributed equity at the beginning of the period

Shares movements:

Nil shares issued under the Dividend reinvestment plan (F22: nil)

Nil shares issued for vested Long Term Incentive Plan and Share Cellar plan (F22: nil)

Net movement in own shares held

Contributed equity at the end of the period

The shares have no par value.

2023 
$M

2022 
$M

3,280.7

3,280.7

-

–

3,280.7

3,280.7

3,280.7

3,280.7

-

-

-

-

-

–

3,280.7

3,280.7

107

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Capital structure
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 19 - Contributed equity (continued)

Ordinary shares 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of 

and amounts paid on the shares held. Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company. 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax from the proceeds. 

Purchase of shares for LTIP plans

The Group engages a third party to purchase shares in the Company to be used to satisfy share-based payment obligations upon vesting 

under the Group’s Employee Equity Plans. Historically, such commitments were satisfied by way of treasury share purchases (i.e. the Group 

acquiring shares on market directly). There are no treasury shares held at 30 June 2023 (F22: nil).

Under this arrangement during the period, the Group purchased 1.6 million shares ($21.8 million) under the third-party arrangement (F22: 1.4 

million shares ($17.3 million). A total of 1.5 million shares (F22: 0.8 million) purchased under the third-party arrangement are available at 30 June 

2023 (F22: 0.8 million). 

Note 20 - Commitments

Details of the Group’s lease commitments are captured in Lease Liabilities disclosed within Borrowings (note 18) and the impact of short-term 

and low value leases is captured in note 11.  

Capital expenditure and other commitments

The following expenditure has been contracted but not provided  
for in the financial statements: 

2023 
$M

2022 
$M

Capital expenditure

42.2

35.5

Note 21 - Reserves

Cash flow hedge reserve

Share based payments reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Total reserves

2023 
$M

35.3

(52.4)

151.6 

134.5

2022 
$M

30.9

(54.4)

72.2

48.7

Cash flow hedge reserve

This reserve records the effective portion of gains or losses from open cash flow hedges.

Share based payment reserve

This reserve records amounts offered to employees under Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP), Restricted Equity Plan (REP), deferred Short-term 

Incentive Plan (STIP) and Share Cellar plan.

Foreign currency translation reserve

This reserve holds exchange differences arising on translation of foreign subsidiaries, as described in note 1.

108

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Capital structure
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 22 - Employee equity plans

STIP
(restricted shares)

ELT LTIP
(performance 
rights)

GLG LTIP 
(performance 
rights)

MTIP 
(performance 
rights)

REP
(restricted shares/ 
deferred share 
rights)

Share Cellar
(broad-based 
employee share 
plan)

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

114,890

1,836,856

-

822,992

335,875

290,581

Granted during the year

141,620

1,030,135

1,170,287

-

27,222

155,345

Exercised during the year

(57,445)

(733,689)

-

(312,666)

(323,375)

(164,748)

Forfeited during the year

-

(197,990)

(17,494)

(348,890)

(12,500)

(24,108)

Outstanding at the end of the year

199.065

1,935,312

1,152,793

160,436

27,222

257,070

Exercisable at the end of the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

The Group operates equity plans as outlined below:

The F23 GLG LTIP grant has three vesting conditions: time-based 

(50%), EBITS (25%) and EBITS Margin (25%) over a performance 

STIP Restricted Equity

period of 3 years. 

One-third of earned STIP is delivered in the form of deferred equity 

(Restricted Shares).  The key terms of this award are: 

Mid-Term Incentive Plan (MTIP)

• 

Subject to a mandatory restriction period and continued 

the MTIP, employees receive Performance Rights which entitle the 

employment. Half of the award is restricted for one year and 

participant to receive shares at no cost subject to the achievement 

the remaining half for two years from grant date;  

of performance conditions and continuing employment. No 

• 

Holders of Restricted Shares are entitled to dividends and to 

dividends are payable to participants prior to vesting and 

exercise their voting rights during the restriction;

Performance Rights will generally be forfeited if the executive is 

•  Will generally be forfeited if the executive is dismissed for 

dismissed for cause or resigns. Clawback mechanisms apply.

The Group awarded an MTIP grant in F22 to senior leaders. Under 

cause or resigns. Clawback mechanisms apply.

ELT LTIP 

The F22 MTIP has 2 equal vesting conditions: time-based (50%), 

ROCE (50%) over a performance period of 2 years. For the time-

Under the ELT LTIP, members of the Executive Leadership Team 

based conditions, half vested in 1 year (25%) and half in 2 years 

receive Performance Rights which entitle participants to receive 

(25%). The threshold for the ROCE measure of the F22 MTIP was not 

the Company’s shares at no cost subject to the achievement of 

met in F23, resulting in nil vesting of this measure. 

performance conditions and continued employment.  No dividends 

are payable to participants prior to vesting and Performance Rights 

Restricted Equity Plan (REP)

will generally be forfeited if the executive is dismissed for cause or 

Under the REP certain employees receive a grant of restricted 

resigns. Clawback mechanisms apply.

The performance conditions are:

• 

• 

• 

Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR)

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) growth

Earnings per Share (EPS) compound annual growth rate.

equity awards in the form of Restricted Shares. If Restricted Shares 

cannot be awarded (e.g. due to country specific regulation) 

Deferred Share Rights are granted. The award is at no cost to the 

employee and is subject to a restriction period.  Restricted equity 

awards require continued employment with the Group through the 

restriction period.  

Other terms are similar to the STIP terms above.  

The F21 – F22 LTIP Performance Rights are subject to TSR and 

Restricted equity awards may be granted to compensate 

ROCE targets weighted of 25% for TSR and 75% for ROCE over a 

employees for foregoing equity compensation in their previous 

performance period of 3 years. The F23 LTIP performance rights 

organisation as a sign-on award and/or as a retention incentive.

are subject to TSR (20%), ROCE (40%) and EPS (40%) over a 

performance period of 3 years. The F21 LTIP partially vested as the 

Share Cellar (broad-based Employee Share Plan)

TSR threshold was met, and the adjusted ROCE threshold was met.

Share Cellar is the Group’s broad-based Employee Share Plan and 

Global Leadership Group (GLG) LTIP

plan participation is offered annually. The plan was first launched 

early in 2015. Participation is voluntary and employees in select 

The Group awarded a GLG LTIP grant in F23 to senior leaders 

countries are eligible to join the Plan. Share Cellar operates as a 

included in the Global Leadership Group. Under the GLG LTIP, 

matching plan whereby employees contribute funds to the Plan 

employees receive Performance Rights which entitle the participant 

from their after-tax pay and shares are acquired by the Group on 

to receive shares at no cost subject to the achievement of 

their behalf. For employees enrolling in the 2021-2023 plans, the 

performance conditions and continuing employment. No dividends 

Group will deliver one matched share for every purchased share 

are payable to participants prior to vesting and Performance Rights 

held at the plan vesting date, subject to continued employment.

will generally be forfeited if the executive is dismissed for cause or 

resigns. Clawback mechanisms apply.

Participants are entitled to dividends and to exercise voting rights 

attached to the shares purchased under the plan, and matched 

shares once they have been allocated.

109

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
  
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Capital structure
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 22 - Employee equity plans (continued)

Accounting policies

Employee equity plans are accounted for as share based payments, whereby employees render services in exchange for the awards. 

The fair value of the shares and performance rights that are expected to vest is progressively recognised as an employee benefits 

expense over the relevant vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity.

The fair value of shares granted is determined by reference to observed market values.  The fair value of the TSR component of 

performance rights is independently determined at grant date by an external valuer using a Monte-Carlo simulation. For the non-

market components (ROCE), the fair value is independently determined based on the share price less the present value of dividends.

Non-market performance conditions do not impact the value of shares and performance rights, but rather the estimate of the 

number of shares to vest.   

At each reporting date the Company revises the estimate of the number of shares and the non-market component of performance 

rights that are expected to vest, and the employee benefits expense recognised each period incorporates this change in estimate. 

An expense is recognised for the TSR component of performance rights whether or not the TSR hurdle is met. No expense is recognised 

if these rights do not vest due to cessation of employment. No expense is recognised for shares and non-market components of 

performance rights that do not ultimately vest. 

Active share-based payment plans:

Long-term Incentive Plans

The below table outlines the F23 and F22 LTIP plans which have a vesting date post 30 June 2023:

Grant date

Grant date share price

Expected share price volatility (%)

Expected dividend yield (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Fair value estimate at grant date - TSR

Fair value estimate at grant date - ROCE

Fair value estimate at grant date - EPS

The below table outlines the F23 GLG LTIP plan which has a vesting date post 30 June 2023:

Grant date

Grant date share price

Expected dividend yield (%)

Fair value estimate at grant date – EBITS & EBITS Margin

Fair value estimate time-based – Vesting F23: 2025 

F23 Plan
1-Nov-22 

F22 Plan
1-Dec-21  

$13.03

40.0

2.6

3.36

$9.12

$12.16

$12.16

$11.79

42.0

2.7

0.77

$7.39

$11.00

-

F23 Plan
1-Oct-22 

$12.57

2.6

$11.70

$11.65

110

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Capital structure
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 22 - Employee equity plans (continued)

Mid-term Incentive Plans

The below table outlines the F22 MTIP plan which has a vesting date post 30 June 2023:

Grant date

Grant date share price

Expected dividend yield (%)

Fair value estimate at grant date - ROCE

Fair value estimate time-based – Vesting F22: 2022

Fair value estimate time-based – Vesting F22: 2023

Restricted Equity Plans

Grant date

F21   23-Nov-20

F22   1-Oct-21

Note 23 - Non-controlling interest

NCI percentage

Non-current assets

Current assets

Non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Net assets

Net assets attributable to NCI

Revenue

Profit/(loss) after tax

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

Profit/(loss) allocated to NCI

Other comprehensive income/(loss) allocated to NCI

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investment activities

Cash flows from financing activities (dividends to NCI: nil)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

The Group only discloses subsidiaries where there is a material non controlling interest. 

The Group has a put option to acquire the non controlling interest in investment ($18.1 million).

F22 Plan  
1-Oct-21 

$12.37

2.7

$11.80

$12.07

$11.75

Grant date share price

$10.01

$12.37

SAS Domaines Bouteiller
2023
$M

21.4%

62.0

20.1

16.0

4.9

61.2

13.1

0.9

(1.0)

2.8

1.8

(0.2)

0.6

(0.7)

(2.5)

 —

(3.2)

111

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Taxation
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 24 - Income tax

The major components of income tax expense are:

Statement of profit or loss

Current income tax expense

Deferred income tax expense

Total tax expense

Deferred income tax expense included in the income tax expense comprises:

Decrease in deferred tax assets

(Decrease)/increase in deferred tax liabilities

Deferred income tax

Tax reconciliation

2023 

$M

57.9

24.8

82.7

1.0

23.8

24.8

2022  

$M

83.2

26.5

109.7

41.6

(15.1)

26.5

The amount of income tax expense as shown in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income differs from 

the prima facie income tax expense attributable to earnings. The differences are reconciled as follows:

Profit before tax excluding material items

Material items before tax

Profit before tax 

Prima facie income tax expense attributable to profit from operations calculated
at the rate of 30% (F22: 30%)  

Tax effect of:

Non-taxable income and profits, net of non-deductible expenditure

Impairment of non-current assets

Other deductible items

Tax losses recognised

Change in tax rate

Foreign tax rate differential

Other

Under/(over) provisions in previous years

Total tax expense

Income tax expense on operations

Income tax benefit attributable to material items

Income tax expense

Deferred income tax relates to the following:

Deferred tax assets

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Inventory

Property, plant and equipment (including vines)

Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

Accruals

Provisions

Derivative instruments

Tax losses

Other

Total deferred tax assets

112

446.2

(109.2)

337.0

101.1

1.8

4.3

(2.3)

(4.3)

(0.1)

(10.0)

(4.3)

(3.5)

82.7

115.9

(33.2)

82.7

1.1

-

39.8

32.5

36.7

11.2

37.4

7.8

166.5

418.4

(45.5)

372.9

111.9

3.4

-

(1.9)

(2.2)

1.0

(7.3)

5.6

(0.8)

109.7

120.2

(10.5)

109.7

-

0.2

42.9

36.1

23.1

7.9

40.6

12.7

163.5

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Taxation
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 24 - Income tax (continued)

Deferred tax liabilities

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Inventory

Property, plant and equipment (including vines)

Intangibles

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Movements in deferred income tax relate to the following:

Movement in deferred tax assets:

Opening balance

(Charged) to profit or loss

Recognised directly in Equity

Business acquisitions

Balance sheet reclassification

Foreign currency translation 

Other

Closing balance

Movement in deferred tax liabilities:

Opening balance

(Credited)/charged to profit or loss

Recognised directly in Equity

Business acquisitions 

Transfer (to)/from Assets Held for Sale

Balance sheet reclassification

Foreign currency translation

Other

Closing balance

Amounts recognised directly in equity

2023 

$M

2022  

$M

13.8

106.1

225.4

37.9

383.2

163.5

(1.0)

(0.8)

1.0

(1.2)

5.6

(0.6)

166.5

338.7

23.8

0.5

8.4

5.4

(1.2)

8.1

(0.5)

383.2

16.5

87.5

221.2

13.5

338.7

183.7

(41.6)

(2.9)

5.1

-

10.9

8.3

163.5

309.6

(15.1)

13.7

6.0

10.0

(0.2)

14.7

-

338.7

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised

in net profit or loss but directly credited to equity 

(1.3)

(16.6)

Current tax position

Unrecognised tax assets

The current tax asset of $24.4 million and current tax liability of $18.7 

There are potential future income tax benefits relating to 

million reflect the difference between the timining of installment 

accumulated losses in non-Australian group companies, which have 

payments made during the year and the estimated final F23 tax  

not been brought to account. These possible benefits amount to $34.5 

receivable/liability. Current tax assets and liabilities are only offset 

million (F22: $31.9 million).

where they relate to the same tax authority. 

Franking credits

The Group has carry forward capital tax losses in Australia and the 

UK respectively. These losses may be used to offset any future capital 

The Australian Tax Consolidation Group has $67.0 million (F22: $113.3 

gains derived by activities in these countries. The Group will assess the 

million) of franking credits available for subsequent reporting periods. 

conditions for deductibility imposed by the tax laws of Australia and 

the UK prior to any utilisation of the capital losses.

113

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Taxation
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 24 -Income tax (continued)

Ongoing tax audits

The Group is subject to ongoing tax audits by taxation authorities 

in several jurisdictions covering a variety of taxes.  The Group fully 

cooperates with these enquiries as and when they arise.

OECD global minimum tax framework

The Group operates in two countries (Japan and the United Kingdom) 

which have either enacted or substantively enacted new tax 

legislation to implement the Pillar Two global minimum top-up tax 

(top-up tax). The Group does not expect to be subject to material 

top-up tax in relation to its operations in any of these countries as 

the effective tax rate is expected to be greater than 15%. The newly 

enacted tax legislation in these countries is effective only from years 

commencing from 1 January 2024. 

The Group has applied a temporary mandatory relief from deferred 

tax accounting for the impacts of the top-up tax and will account for it 

as a current tax if it is incurred from 1 July 2024 (see Note 33). 

Accounting policies

Current taxes

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount 

expected to be recovered from, or paid to, taxation authorities 

at the tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted 

by the reporting date.

Deferred taxes

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable 

temporary differences. Deferred income tax assets are 

recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carried 

forward unused tax assets and unused tax losses, to the extent 

it is probable that they will be utilised.

Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at 

each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it 

will become probable that future taxable profit will allow the 

deferred tax asset to be recovered.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed 

at balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 

longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available 

to utilise them.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 

tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset 

is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax 

laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 

balance sheet date.

Key estimate and judgement

Taxation

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions 

where it has foreign operations. Significant judgement is required 

in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There 

are many transactions and calculations undertaken during 

the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax 

determination is uncertain. Where the final tax outcome of these 

matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, 

such differences will impact the current and deferred tax 

provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences at 

balance sheet date between accounting carrying amounts 

and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, other than for:

• 

• 

The initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and at the time of 
the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor 
taxable profit or loss or on the recognition of goodwill.

Foreign taxes which may arise in the event of retained 
profits of foreign controlled entities being remitted to 
Australia as there is no present intention to make any such 
remittances.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities associated with 

indefinite life intangibles such as brand names are measured 

based on the tax consequences that would follow from the use 

and sale of that asset. 

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are 

recognised in equity and not in profit or loss.

Offsetting deferred tax balances

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only 

if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets 

against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and 

liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and the same 

taxation authority.

114

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Risk
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 25 - Financial risk management 

Financial risk management framework 

The Group’s financial risk management policies (‘Group Treasury 

The Group holds financial instruments from financing (principally 

Policies’) cover risk tolerance, internal controls (including segregation 

borrowings), transactions (trade receivables and payables) and risk 

of duties), delegated authority levels, management of foreign 

management (derivatives) which result in exposure to the following 

currency, interest rate and counterparty credit exposures, and the 

financial risks, covered by the Group Treasury Policies:

reporting of exposures.  These policies are reviewed at least annually 

and approved by the Board of Directors.

The centralised Group Treasury function has been delegated 

operational responsibility for the identification and management of 

financial risks. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Liquidity risk

Interest rate risk

Foreign exchange risk

Counterparty credit risk.

The following table outlines how these risks impact Group financial assets and liabilities:

Liquidity

Foreign exchange 

Note

18

9

9

9

26

risk 

Interest rate risk 

(A)

(B)

x

x

x

x

x

Risk 

(C)

x

x

x

x

x

Credit 

risk 

(D)

x

x

x

x

Net borrowings

Receivables 

Other financial assets

Payables

Derivative financial assets and liabilities 

(a)  Liquidity risk 

Nature of the risk 

The Group is exposed to liquidity risk primarily from its core operating 

forecast and actual cash flows, performs sensitivity analysis as well as 

activities. The Group’s focus is to ensure it is able to meet financial 

monitoring the availability and cost of debt and equity funding. 

obligations as and when they fall due. 

The Group’s objective is to balance continuity of funding and flexibility 

Risk management

by maintaining an appropriately structured debt maturity profile 

with a mix of bank and capital (bond) market debt, whilst also 

The Group ensures the maintenance, at all times, of an appropriate 

monitoring compliance with the Group’s key financial covenants and 

minimum level of liquidity, comprising committed, unutilised debt 

undertakings.

facilities and cash resources. To facilitate this, the Group monitors 

At reporting date, the standby arrangements and unused credit facilities are as follows:

Committed facilities

Available facilities 

Amounts utilised

Amount unutilised  

The Group is in compliance with all undertakings under its various financing arrangements. 

2022

$M

2021

$M

2,216.9

1.909.8

(1,416.0)

(1,082.5)

800.9

827.3

115

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Risk
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 25 - Financial risk management (continued)

Level of exposure at balance date

The following tables analyse the maturities of the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash flows arising from its material financial liabilities and 

derivative financial instruments.

Maturing in:

6 months 
or less
$M

6 months
to 1 year
$M

1 to 2 
years
$M

2 to 5
years
$M

Over
5 years
$M

Contractual
total
$M

Carrying 
amount
$M

2023

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Bank loans1

Lease liabilities

Other loans

US Private Placement Notes

Trade payables

Other payables

18.4

40.2

-

205.5

339.9

369.8

18.1

45.3

-

11.6

-

-

30.4

89.2

0.5

23.2

-

-

Derivative financial liabilities

Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate and cross currency swaps

3.6

5.0

3.0

6.7

2.8

10.6

585.5

-

234.8

306.5

-

-

652.4

716.0

0.5

281.9

518.0

1,040.2

-

-

0.4

2.5

-

-

-

0.4

339.9

369.8

9.8

25.2

539.8

548.9

0.5

868.6

339.9

369.8

9.8

20.3

Total financial liabilities

982.4

84.7

156.7

1,105.1

824.9

3,153.8

2,696.7

2022

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Bank loans1

Lease liabilities

Other loans

US Private Placement Notes

Trade payables

Other payables

Derivative financial liabilities

Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate and cross currency swaps

10.6

40.4

-

9.7

314.9

432.3

2.1

2.0

114.8

46.4

-

9.7

-

-

18.3

89.7

0.5

197.1

-

-

243.9

342.1

250.5

385.1

-

-

247.4

78.2

-

-

1.0

6.8

4.1

17.8

2.5

34.9

-

-

-

2.7

729.7

812.1

0.5

542.1

314.9

432.3

9.7

64.2

603.5

609.0

0.5

472.2

314.9

432.3

9.7

11.3

Total financial liabilities

812.0

178.7

327.5

779.2

808.1

2,905.5

2,453.4

1.     Loans are stated net of capitalised facility finance costs. At reporting date, the balance of bank loans is $546.3 million (F22: $610.2 million) against capitalised facility finance costs of $6.5 million (F22: $6.7 
million) to be amortised over the facility period..

(b)  Interest rate risk

Nature of the risk 

A combination of interest rate swaps have been exchanged to obtain 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk principally from floating rate 

the desired ratio of fixed and floating interest rates. At 30 June 2023, 

bank borrowings. Other sources of interest rate risk include receivable 

interest rate swap contracts were in use to exchange fixed interest 

purchasing agreements, interest-bearing investments, creditors’ 

rates to floating rates on $377.6 million (US$250 million) of US Private 

accounts offering a discount and debtors’ accounts on which 

Placement notes. A combination of floating to fixed interest rate 

discounts are offered.

Risk management

swaps and fixed interest rate caps have been used to exchange 

the floating rates to fixed on all US Private Placement notes (US$375 

million). The swaps mature between December 2023 and June 2029. 

We manage interest rate risk by ensuring that the sensitivity of 

Cross currency interest rate swaps are used to exchange floating 

forecast future earnings to changes in interest rates is within 

USD interest on a portion of the USD syndicated debt facility of US$120 

acceptable limits. This involves longer term forecasting of both 

million into AUD fixed rate of $166.6 million, maturing in December 

expected earnings and expected borrowing to determine the 

2026.  Please refer note 25(a) for the profile and timing of cash flows 

tolerable exposure. 

116

over the next five years.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Risk
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 25 - Financial risk management (continued)

(b)  Interest rate risk (continued) 

In accordance with the phasing out of the London Interbank Rate 

The Group’s exposure to variable interest rate risk results from the 

(LIBOR) from 30 June 2023, during the year $1.3 billion of existing debt 

following financial instruments at balance sheet date:

facilities with a LIBOR benchmark rate were transitioned to reference 

the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR).

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Financial liabilities

US Private Placement Notes1

Bank loans1

Total liabilities

1.      Net of hedged amounts.

Sensitivity analysis

2023

$M

565.8

565.8

75.5

166.2

241.7

2022

$M

430.5

430.5

-

101.7

101.7

The table below shows the impact by currency denomination if the Group’s weighted average floating interest rates change from the year-end 

rates of 5.01% (F22: 0.80%) with all other variables held constant.  

Sensitivity

Pre-tax impact on profit

2023

2022

                    2023

                    2022

Currency

USD

AUD

GBP

+ / - 25bp

+ / - 25bp

+ / - 25bp

+ / - 25bp

+ / - 25bp

+ / - 25bp

+$M

0.3

0.7

-

-$M

(0.3)

(0.7)

-

+$M

0.3

0.3

0.1

-$M

(0.3)

(0.3)

(0.1)

The movements in profit on a consolidated level are primarily a result of interest costs from borrowings. There would have been no significant 

impact on equity.    

117

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Risk
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 25 - Financial risk management (continued)

(c)   Foreign exchange risk

Nature of the risk

The focus of the Group’s foreign exchange risk management activities 

is on the transactional exposures arising from the sourcing and sale 

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk through:

of wine. 

A proportion of expenses are hedged over time up to a period of  

three years.

In determining the amount of hedging required, the Group also 

considers the ‘natural hedges’ arising from the underlying net cash 

flows in the relevant currency, comprising operating, investing and 

financing cash flows.

• 

• 

• 

Transaction exposures including sales of wine into export 
markets and the purchase of production inputs, denominated in 
foreign currencies other than the respective functional currency 
of the specific Group entity; 

Exposures arising from borrowings denominated in foreign 
currencies; and 

Translation exposures including earnings of foreign subsidiaries 
and revaluation of monetary assets and liabilities, including 
borrowings.

The currencies in which these transactions are primarily denominated 

are the Australian Dollar (AUD), United States Dollar (USD) and Great 

British Pound (GBP). Other currencies used include the Canadian 

Dollar, Euro, New Zealand Dollar, Singapore Dollar, Swedish Krona, 

Norwegian Krone and Chinese Renminbi. 

Risk management

Details of the Group’s open hedges at balance sheet date are shown below.

Open foreign currency hedges at 30 June 2022

Hedge value

Hedge type

(notional AUD) 

Forwards 

Options

Total

Forwards

Options

Total

Forwards

Options

Total

$M

20.5

287.9

308.4

64.7

151.3

216.0

32.5

-

32.5

Average

hedge rate

0.7356

0.7008

0.5503

0.5550

0.5718

Currency

AUD/USD

AUD/GBP

NZD/USD

118

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Risk
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 25 - Financial risk management (continued)

(c)  Foreign exchange  risk (continued) 

Level of exposure at balance date

At the reporting date, the Group’s financial assets and liabilities were denominated across the following currencies:

All balances translated to AUD

2023

Net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Loan receivable

Bank loans2

US Private Placement Notes (net of fair value hedge)

Lease liabilities

Other loan payable

Net debt

Other financial assets/(liabilities)

Trade receivables (net of allowance for expected credit loss)

Other receivables

Trade and other payables

Net other assets/(liabilities)

2022

Net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Loan receivable

Bank loans2

US Private Placement Notes (net of fair value hedge)

Lease liabilities

Other loan payable

Net debt

Other financial assets/(liabilities)

Trade receivables (net of allowance for expected credit loss)

Other receivables

Trade and other payables

Net other assets/(liabilities)

2.     Includes capitalised borrowing costs of $6.5 million (F22: $6.7 million).

AUD
$M

USD
$M

GBP
$M

Other
$M

Total
$M

292.6

-

1.3

-

(86.6)

(0.5)

196.2

0.3

(522.0)

(868.6)

(447.1)

-

206.8

(1,641.2)

223.1

26.4

80.4

68.9

(334.3)

(232.0)

(84.8)

(82.7)

120.9

-

1.7

-

228.4

0.4

(605.2)

(472.2)

(89.3)

(499.6)

(0.5)

32.8

-

(1,348.2)

208.7

17.3

86.2

75.5

(384.9)

 (259.0)

(158.9)

(97.3)

-

-

-

-

(1.6)

-

(1.6)

66.5

-

(60.1)

6.4

77.0

5.5

565.8

5.8

(19.1)

(539.8)

-

(868.6)

(13.6)

(548.9)

-

(0.5)

49.8

1,386.2

70.9

4.4

440.9

99.7

(83.3)

(709.7)

(8.0)

(169.1)

36.1

45.1

430.5

-

-

-

(2.0)

-

34.1

88.8

-

(69.9)

18.9

-

-

-

0.4

(603.5)

(472.2)

(18.1)

(609.0)

-

(0.5)

27.0

(1,254.3)

36.2

2.4

419.9

95.2

(33.4)

(747.2)

5.2

(232.1)

119

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Risk
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 25 - Financial risk management (continued)

(c)   Foreign exchange risk (continued)

Sensitivity analysis

The following table illustrates the impact of potential foreign exchange movements on profit before tax and the statement of financial 

position at 30 June: 

Currency

United States Dollar

Great Britain Pound

Euro

Canadian Dollar

New Zealand Dollar

Sensitivity 
Assumption3

Pre-tax impact on profit 
$M

Impact on equity
$M

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

+

–

+

–

+

–

+

–

9.9%

12.6%

0.3

(0.4)

0.1

(0.1)

(98.6)

119.5 (36.8)

57.7

8.0%

10.0%

(0.9)

8.0%

10.7%

(1.9)

7.3%

5.6%

9.1%

6.3%

0.0

0.0

1.1

2.2

0.0

0.0

(0.5)

(0.1)

(2.0)

0.0

0.7

0.1

2.4

0.0

(29.2)

32.5 (26.7)

35.4

6.4

0.0

(5.9)

(2.3)

3.9

0.0

2.2

(2.6)

(7.0)

7.9

(7.5)

8.5

3.    Australian dollar versus individual currencies. Implied one-year currency volatility at reporting date (Source: Bloomberg).

(d)   Credit risk 

Nature of the risk

focus on accounts that are greater than 90 days overdue.  

Where debt cannot be recovered, it is escalated from the credit 

Counterparty credit risk arises primarily from the following assets:

representative to the credit manager to initiate recovery action.

• 

• 

• 

Cash and cash equivalents;  

Trade and other receivables; and  

Derivative instruments.  

For derivatives, the Group transacts under an International Swaps 

and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreement. If a 

credit event such as a default occurs, all outstanding transactions 

under an ISDA agreement are terminated, the termination value is 

assessed and only a single net amount is payable in settlement of all 

Risk management

transactions. 

The Group’s counterparty credit risk management philosophy is to 

limit the Group’s loss from default by any one counterparty by dealing 

Level of exposure at balance date

only with financial institution counterparties of good credit standing, 

The maximum counterparty credit risk exposure at 30 June 2023 in 

setting maximum exposure limits for each counterparty, and taking a 

respect of derivative financial instruments was $23.3 million (F22: 

conservative approach to the calculation of counterparty credit limit 

$22.0 million) and in respect of cash and cash equivalents was $113.9 

usage. Where available, credit opinions on counterparties from two 

million (F22: $186.2 million). The Group’s authorised counterparties are 

credit rating agencies are used to determine credit limits.

restricted to banks and financial institutions whose long-term credit 

rating is at or above a Standard and Poors rating of A- (or Moody’s 

The Group assesses the credit quality of individual customers prior 

equivalent rating of A3), with any exceptions requiring approval 

to offering credit terms and continues to monitor on a regular basis. 

from the Board. Commercial paper investments are restricted to 

Each customer is assigned a risk profile based upon the measurable 

counterparties whose short-term credit rating is at or above a 

risk indicators for dishonoured payments, adverse information and 

Standard and Poor’s rating of A-2 (or Moody’s equivalent rating of 

average days late along with the securities and guarantees held. All 

P-2). The magnitude of credit risk in relation to receivables is generally 

prospective accounts are required to complete a credit application 

the carrying amount, net of any allowance for expected credit loss. 

and generally a director’s guarantee is required with minimal 

exceptions. Failure to provide a director’s guarantee results in either 

no credit or a limited level of credit offered. Credit terms may be 

reduced or extended for individual customers based on risk.

In F23 the Group, as part of its normal monitoring of the credit quality 

of trade receivables, continued frequent telephone contact and 

engagement with customers to understand customer trading and 

credit circumstances, and supporting them through any short-term 

challenges identified. The Group also continued to monitor customer 

credit risk assessments across the entire customer portfolio. 

Past due accounts are subject to a number of collection activities 

which range from telephone contact, suspension of orders through 

to legal action. Past due accounts are reviewed monthly with specific 

120

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Risk
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 25 - Financial risk management (continued)

(d)  Credit risk (continued)

The ageing of the consolidated Group trade receivables (net of provisions) is outlined below:

Not past due

Past due 1-30 days

Past due 31-60 days

Past due 61 days+

Total

2023

$M

378.5

50.9

5.6

5.9

440.9

2022

$M

387.7

25.4

4.3

2.5

419.9

Trade receivables have been aged according to their due date.  

For all other recognised financial assets and financial liabilities, 

Terms may be extended on a temporary basis with the approval 

based on the facts and circumstances existing at reporting date 

of management. The past due receivables shown above relate 

and the nature of the Group’s financial assets and financial 

to customers who have a good debt history and are considered 

liabilities including hedge positions, the Group has no reason 

recoverable.  There is no collateral held as security against the 

to believe that the financial assets could not be exchanged, or 

receivables above and there are no other receivables past due. 

the financial liabilities could not be settled, in an arm’s length 

transaction at an amount approximating its carrying amount.

Note 26 - Derivative financial instruments

At reporting date, there were $556.9 million (Australian dollar 

equivalent) net face value of outstanding foreign exchange 

contracts at contract rates (F22: $385.4 million), interest rate 

swaps of $1,021.1 million (F22: $857.2 million) and cross currency 

interest rate swaps of $181.3 million (F22: $174.4 million) and interest 

rate collars of nil (F22: $203.4 million). These instruments are 

regarded as Level 2 under AASB’s Fair Value measurement hierarchy.

Note 27 - Fair values

The fair value of the US Private Placement Notes is $904.8 million 

(F22: $484.1 million) and the fair value of the syndicated debt 

facility is $552.7 million (F22: $644.3 million). The fair values of 

cash and cash equivalents, financial assets and other financial 

liabilities approximate their carrying value. There have been no 

reclassifications of financial assets from fair value to cost, or from 

cost or amortised cost to fair value during the year.

The fair values of derivative financial instruments are based upon 

market prices, or models using inputs observed from the market, 

where markets exist or have been determined by discounting the 

expected future cash flows by the current interest rate for financial 

assets and financial liabilities with similar risk profiles (a Level 2 

valuation).

The valuation of derivative financial assets and liabilities reflects 

the estimated amounts which the Group would be required to pay 

or receive to terminate the contracts (net of transaction costs) 

or replace the contracts at their current market rates at reporting 

date.  This is based on internal valuations using standard valuation 

techniques. 

As the purpose of these derivative financial instruments is to hedge 

the Group’s underlying assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 

currencies and to hedge against risk of interest rate fluctuations, 

it is unlikely in the absence of abnormal circumstances that these 

contracts would be terminated prior to maturity.

121

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Group composition
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 28 - Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries:

Entity name

Equity holding of 100% (F21: 100%)

Aldershot Nominees Pty. Ltd.*

B Seppelt & Sons Limited* 

Beringer Blass Distribution S.R.L. 

Beringer Blass Italia S.R.L. 

Beringer Blass Wine Estates Chile Limitada 

Beringer Blass Wine Estates Limited 

Beringer Blass Wines Pty. Ltd.*

Bilyara Vineyards Pty. Ltd.*

Cellarmaster Wines (UK) Limited 

Cellarmaster Wines Holdings (UK) Limited 

Cuppa Cup Vineyards Pty. Ltd. 

Devil’s Lair Pty. Ltd. 

Ewines Pty. Ltd. 

FBL Holdings Limited 

Frank Family Vineyards LLC

Il Cavaliere del Castello di Gabbiano S.r.l. 

Interbev Pty. Ltd.* 

Leo Buring Pty. Ltd. 

Lindeman (Holdings) Limited* 

Lindemans Wines Pty. Ltd. 

Mag Wines Pty. Ltd 

Majorca Pty. Ltd.* 

Mildara Holdings Pty. Ltd.* 

North America Packaging (Pacific Rim) Corporation 

Penfolds Wines Australia Pty Ltd (formerly known as Treasury Logistics Pty Ltd)*

Penfolds Wines International Limited (formerly known as Coldstream Australasia Limited)*

Penfolds Wines Pty Ltd 

Piat Pere et Fils B.V.

Premium Land, Inc. 

Robertsons Well Pty. Ltd. 

Robertsons Well Unit Trust 

Rosemount Estates Pty. Ltd. 

Rothbury Wines Pty. Ltd.* 

SCW905 Limited* 

Seaview Wynn Pty. Ltd.*

Société Civile de la Gironville

A

Société Civile d’Exploitation Agricole Cambon La Pelouse

Southcorp Australia Pty. Ltd. *

Southcorp Brands Pty. Ltd.* 

Southcorp International Investments Pty. Ltd.* 

Southcorp Limited* 

Southcorp NZ Pty. Ltd.* 

Country of incorporation 

Australia

Australia

Italy

Italy

Chile

UK

Australia

Australia

UK

UK

Australia

Australia

Australia

UK

USA

Italy

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

USA

Australia

Australia

Australia

Netherlands

USA

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

France

France

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

* Entity is a member of the Closed Group under the Deed of Cross Guarantee (refer to note 30) and relieved from the requirement to prepare audited financial statements by 
ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785.

A This entity was liquidated on 16 June 2023. 

122

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Group composition
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 28 - Subsidiaries (continued)

Entity name

Southcorp Whitegoods Pty. Ltd. 

Southcorp Wines Asia Pty. Ltd. 

Southcorp Wines Pty. Ltd.*

Southcorp XUK Limited 

T'Gallant Winemakers Pty. Ltd. 

The Rothbury Estate Pty. Ltd.*

Tolley Scott & Tolley Limited*

Treasury Americas Inc 

Treasury Chateau & Estates LLC

Treasury Wine Estates (China) Holding Co Pty Ltd*

Treasury Wine Estates (Matua) Limited

Treasury Wine Estates (NZ) Holding Co Pty Ltd*

Treasury Wine Estates (Shanghai) Trading Co. Ltd.

Treasury Wine Estates (UK) Holding Co Pty Ltd* 

Treasury Wine Estates Americas Company 

Treasury Wine Estates Asia (SEA) Pte Ltd 

Treasury Wine Estates Asia Pty. Ltd. 

Treasury Wine Estates Australia Limited* 

Treasury Wine Estates Barossa Vineyards Pty. Ltd. 

Treasury Wine Estates Canada, Inc. 

Treasury Wine Estates Denmark ApS 

Treasury Wine Estates EMEA Limited 

Treasury Wine Estates France S.A.R.L.

Treasury Wine Estates HK Limited

Treasury Wine Estates Holdings Inc. 

Treasury Wine Estates Japan KK

Treasury Wine Estates Netherlands B.V 

Treasury Wine Estates Norway AS 

Treasury Wine Estates Sweden AB 

Treasury Wine Estates UK Brands Limited 

Treasury Wine Estates Vintners Limited* 

TWE Finance (Aust) Limited* 

TWE Finance (UK) Limited 

TWE Insurance Company Pte. Ltd. 

TWE Lima Pty Ltd*

TWE Share Plans Pty Ltd 

TWE US Finance Co. 

TWE USA Partnership

Wolf Blass Wines Pty. Ltd.* 

Woodley Wines Pty. Ltd. 

Wynn Winegrowers Pty. Ltd. 

Wynns Coonawarra Estate Pty. Ltd 

Country of incorporation 

Australia

Australia

Australia

UK

Australia

Australia

Australia

USA

USA

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

China

Australia

USA

Singapore

Australia

Australia

Australia

Canada

Denmark

UK

France

Hong Kong SAR, China

USA

Japan

Netherlands

Norway

Sweden

UK

Australia

Australia

UK

Singapore

Australia

Australia

USA

USA

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

* Entity is a member of the Closed Group under the Deed of Cross Guarantee (refer to note 30) and relieved from the requirement to prepare audited financial statements by 
ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785.

123

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Group composition
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 28 - Subsidiaries (continued)

Entity name

Equity holding of less than 100%

Graymoor Estate Joint Venture

Graymoor Estate Pty. Ltd.

Graymoor Estate Unit Trust

North Para Environment Control Pty. Ltd.

Groupment Forestier des Landes de Lanessan

SAS Domaines Bouteiller

Country of  

incorporation 

% of holding

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

France

France

2023

48.8

 48.8

48.8

69.9

78.6

78.6

2022

48.8

48.8

48.8

69.9

-

-

Note 29 - Parent entity financial information

(a) Summary financial information
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders' equity

Issued capital

Share based payments reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

2023 

$M

2022 

$M

1,370.6

9,476.5

5,863.0

5,863.0

3,613.5

3,280.7

(41.3)

374.1

3,613.5

-

-

1,356.8

9462.8

5,617.6

5,617.6

3,845.2

3,280.7

(55.1)

619.6

3,845.2

548.1

548.1

Current liabilities comprise balances with other entities within the 

(d) Capital commitments

Group. These balances will not be called within the next 12 months. 

There are no capital commitments for the Company (F22: nil).

(b) Financial guarantees

Refer note 18 for financial guarantees to banks, financiers and other 

persons.

(c) Tax consolidation legislation

The Company formed a consolidated group for income tax purposes 

with each of its Australian resident subsidiaries on 21 May 2011.   

The Company and the controlled entities in the tax consolidation 

group continue to account for current and deferred tax amounts 

separately. These tax amounts are measured on a ‘group allocation’ 

approach, under which the current and deferred tax amounts for the 

tax-consolidated group are allocated among each reporting entity  

in the Group.

124

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Group composition
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 30 - Deed of cross guarantee

Under the terms of ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned Companies) 

A summarised consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 

Instrument 2016/785, certain wholly owned controlled entities have 

comprehensive income, retained earnings reconciliation and 

been granted relief from the requirement to prepare audited financial 

a consolidated statement of financial position, comprising the 

reports.  It is a condition of the class order that the Company and 

Company and those controlled entities which are a party to the Deed 

each of the relevant subsidiaries enter into a Deed of Cross Guarantee 

of Cross Guarantee, after eliminating all transactions between parties 

whereby each company guarantees the debts of the companies 

to the Deed, at 30 June 2023 are set out below.

party to the Deed.  The member companies of the Deed of Cross 

Guarantee are regarded as the ‘Closed Group’ and identified in  

note 28.

Extract of the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Net profit after tax

Retained earnings at beginning of the year

External dividends

Retained earnings at end of the year

2023 

$M

144.7

(36.2)

108.5

155.4

(245.4)

18.5

2022 

$M

252.3

(67.4)

184.9

172.6

(202.1)

155.4

125

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Group composition
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 30 - Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

Statement of financial position

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

Investments

Assets held for sale

Other current assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Inventories

Investments

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

2023 

 $M

414.4

310.8

394.8

1.8

32.1

20.5

1.174.4

685.8

2,257.5

616.4

74.2

539.4

55.2

46.1

4,274.6

5,449.0

346.0

969.8

(0.7)

80.7

20.0

2022  

$M

115.1

315.2

380.7

1.9

12.3

20.8

846.0

686.6

2.257.5

672.8

77.5

542.8

35.8

38.4

4,311.4

5,157.4

383.8

584.1

10.1

34.3

16.8

1,415.8

1,029.0

597.4

130.6

7.2

735.2

2,151.0

3,298.0

3,280.7

(1.2)

18.5

3,298.0

581.4

123.8

9.8

715.0

1,744.0

3,413.4

3,280.7

(22.7)

155.4

3,413.4

Current borrowings include balances with other entities within the Group. These balances will not be called within the next 12 months. 

126

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Other
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 31 - Related party disclosures

Ownership interests in related parties

Transactions with other related parties

All material ownership interests in related parties are disclosed in note 

The Group entered into transactions which are insignificant in amount 

28 to the financial statements.

Parent entity

with executives, Non-Executive Directors and their related parties 

within normal employee, customer or supplier relationships on terms 

and conditions no more favourable than those available in similar 

The ultimate parent entity is Treasury Wine Estates Limited, which is 

arm’s length dealings.

domiciled and incorporated in Australia.  

There were no other transactions with related parties during the 

Transactions with entities in the wholly-owned Group

current year.

Transactions between companies within the Group during the current 

and prior year included:

• 
• 

Purchases and sales of goods and services; and
Provision of accounting and administrative assistance.

Key management personnel compensation 
The following table shows the compensation paid or payable to the 

key management personnel (‘executives’) of the Group.

Transactions with controlled entities are made on normal commercial 

terms and conditions.  

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits  

Share based payments

 Total

2023  

$M

2022  

$M

4,366,995

5,019,492

75,876

3,999,924

8,412,795

70,704

1,624,958

6,715,154

Additionally, compensation paid to Non-Executive Directors was $1,929,302 (F22: $2,002,965).

Note 32 - Remuneration of auditors

The Audit and Risk Committee has completed an evaluation of the 

The Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee has advised the Board 

overall effectiveness and independence of the external auditor, KPMG.  

that the Committee’s assessment is that the auditor is independent. 

As part of this process, the external auditor has provided a written 

statement that no professional engagement with the Group has been 

During the year, the following fees were paid or payable for services 

carried out which would impair their independence as auditor.  

provided by the auditor of the Group, and its related practices:

Audit and review of financial statements and other audit work under the Corporations Act 2001

1,796,637

1,534,555

2023  

$M

2022  

$M

Associate firms of Auditor

Other assurance services

Audit and review services 

Other non-audit services

 Total

434,334

102,500

537,206

–

2,333,471

2,071,761

81,735

170,371

2,415,206

2,242,132

The Group engages KPMG to provide other non-audit services where their expertise and experience best qualifies them to provide the 

appropriate service and as long as stringent independence requirements are satisfied. In the year ended 30 June 2023, other non-audit services 

included fees in respect of compliance and taxation services. 

127

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Other
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 33 - Other accounting policies 

New accounting standards and interpretations 
Since 30 June 2022, the Group has adopted the following new and amended accounting standards.

Reference

Title

AASB 1, AASB 3, AASB 9, AASB 116, 
AASB 137 & 
AASB 141

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Annual  
Improvements 2018–2020 and Other Amendments

Application

1 January 2022

AASB 2023-2

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – International Tax 
Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules

1 January 2023

The adoption of these standards did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Issued but not yet effective accounting standards 
The following relevant accounting standards have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective and have not been adopted 
for this year-end reporting period. 

Reference

AASB 17

AASB 2020-5

AASB 2022-1

AASB 2022-8

AASB 2021-2

AASB 2021-5

AASB 2021-6 

AASB 2022-7

AASB 2023-1

AASB 2020-1

AASB 2020-6

AASB 2022-6

AASB 2023-3

AASB 2022-5

AASB 2014-10

AASB 2015-10

AASB 2017-5

Title

Insurance Contracts

Application

1 January 2023

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Insurance Contracts

1 January 2023

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Initial application of AASB 17 
and AASB 9 – Comparative Information

1 January 2023

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Insurance Contracts: 
Consequential Amendments

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure of Accounting 
Policies and Definition of Accounting Estimates

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Deferred Tax related to 
Assets and Liabilities arising from a single transaction

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure of Accounting 
Policies: Tier 2 and Other Australian Accounting Standards

Editorial Corrections to Australian Accounting Standards and Repeal of 
Superseded and Redundant Standards

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Supplier 
Finance Arrangements

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2024

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Classification of Liabilities as 
Current or Non-current 

1 January 2024

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Classification of Liabilities as 
Current or Non-current - Deferral of Effective Date

1 January 2024

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Classification Non-current 
Liabilities with Covenants

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure of Non-current 
Liabilities with Covenants: Tier 2

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Lease Liability in a Sale and 
Leaseback

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Sale or Contribution  
of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Effective Date of 
Amendments to AASB 10 and AASB 128

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Effective Date of 
Amendments to AASB 10 and AASB 128 and Editorial Corrections

1 January 2024

1 January 2024

1 January 2024

1 January 2025

1 January 2025

1 January 2025

1 January 2025

AASB 2021-7(a-c)

Effective Date of Amendments to AASB 10 and AASB 128 and  
Editorial Corrections

128

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Other
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 33 - Other accounting policies (continued)

Other accounting policies

Finance income

Finance income is recognised as the interest accrues (using the 

effective interest method, which applies a rate that discounts 

estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the 

financial instrument) to the net carrying amount of the financial 

asset.

Finance costs

Finance costs are recognised as an expense when they are 

incurred, except for interest charges attributable to major 

projects with substantial development and construction 

phases, which are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset.

Financial assets

A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit or 

loss or fair value through other comprehensive income unless 

it meets the definition of amortised cost. This is determined on 

initial recognition. 

Financial assets classified as at amortised cost are measured 

initially at fair value and adjusted in respect of any incremental 

and directly attributable transaction costs. All other financial 

assets are measured at fair value on initial recognition. 

Reclassification occurs only if there are fundamental changes 

to the Group’s business model for managing financial assets.

Amortised cost 
A financial asset is classified as at amortised cost only if 

the asset is held to collect contractual cash flows and the 

contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows 

that are solely payments of principal and interest.

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost using the 

effective interest rate method. Any gains and losses are 

recognised through the amortisation process or when the 

financial asset is derecognised or impaired.

Impairment of financial assets

The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses 

(ECLs) for all debt instruments not held at fair value through 

profit or loss. ECLs are determined using historical recovery 

of contractual cash flows and the amount of loss incurred, 

adjusted for current economic and credit conditions. 

An impairment loss is based on the difference between the 

contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract 

and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, 

discounted at an approximation of the original effective interest 

rate. Impairment losses on assets classified as amortised cost 

are recognised in profit or loss when they are expected, not 

when they are incurred. If a later event causes the impairment 

loss to decrease, the amount is reversed in profit or loss. 

Derecognition of financial assets 
The derecognition of a financial asset takes place when the 

Group no longer controls the contractual rights that comprise 

the financial instrument. 

This is normally the case when the instrument is sold or all the 

cash flows attributable to the instrument are passed through to 

an independent third party. 

Derivatives 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign 

currency contracts, interest rate swaps and options to hedge 

its risks associated with interest rate and foreign currency 

fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments are carried at 

fair value and are financial assets when the fair value is positive 

and financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, any 

gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are taken 

directly to profit or loss for the year. 

Hedge accounting

For the purposes of hedge accounting, hedges are classified 

as either fair value hedges when they hedge the exposure to 

changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability; cash 

flow hedges where they hedge exposure to variability in cash 

flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated 

with a recognised asset or liability or a forecasted transaction; 

or hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

Initial recognition

At the beginning of a hedge relationship, the Group designates 

and documents the hedge relationship and the related risk 

management objective and strategy.  The documentation 

identifies the hedging instrument and the hedged item as 

well as describing the economic relationship, the hedge ratio 

between them and potential sources of ineffectiveness. The 

documentation also includes the nature of the risk being 

hedged and the method of assessing the hedging instrument’s 

effectiveness.  To achieve hedge accounting, the relationship 

must be expected to be highly effective and are assessed on an 

ongoing basis to determine that they continue to meet the risk 

management objective.

Re-balancing

If the hedge ratio for risk management purposes is no longer 

met but the risk management objective remains unchanged 

and the hedge continues to qualify for hedge accounting, 

the Group will rebalance the relationship by adjusting either 

the volume of the hedged item or the volume of the hedging 

instrument.

Discontinuation

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedge instrument 

expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 

for hedge accounting.  At that point in time, any cumulative 

gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity 

is kept in equity until the forecasted transaction occurs. If a 

hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net 

cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to 

profit or loss for the year.

Gains or losses recognised directly in equity are reclassified 

into profit and loss in the same period or periods the foreign 

currency risk affects consolidated profit and loss.

Fair value hedges 

For fair value hedges (for example, interest rate swaps), any 

gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument is 

recognised immediately in the statement of profit or loss and 

other comprehensive income. Where the adjustment is to 

the carrying amount of a hedged interest-bearing financial 

129

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Other
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 33 - Other accounting policies (continued)

instrument, the adjustment is amortised to the statement of 

profit or loss and other comprehensive income such that it is 

fully amortised by maturity.

Cash flow hedges

In relation to cash flow hedges (forward foreign currency 

contracts) to hedge firm commitments, the portion of the 

gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to 

be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity and the 

ineffective portion is recognised in the statement of profit or loss 

and other comprehensive income.

When the hedged item gives rise to the recognition of an 

asset or a liability, the associated deferred gains or losses are 

included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability.

For all other cash flow hedges, the gains or losses that are 

recognised in equity are transferred to the statement of profit 

or loss and other comprehensive income in the same period in 

which the hedged firm commitment affects the profit and loss, 

for example when the future sale actually occurs. 

Note 34 – Contingent liabilities

Sale of water entitlements to Duxton Water

On 30 June 2023 the Group agreed to sell 4,770 megalitres of 

Australian water entitlements to Duxton Water Limited for cash 

consideration of $39.1 million. This agreement includes a call option 

whereby the Group can repurchase all, or a portion, of the water 

entitlements back from Duxton Water Limited at market price 

(subject to a cap and collar) which expires on 30 June 2024. If the 

call option is exercised it will result in a payment to Duxton Water 

Limited.  

Vineyard acquisition

The Group has entered into a contract to purchase vineyard assets  

in Australia and New Zealand for approximately $50 million. The sale  

is subject to a number of conditions and is due to be completed in 

early 2024.

Note 35 – Business acquisitions

Frank Family Vineyards

On 14 December 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the ordinary 

shares of Frank Family Vineyards LLC (“FFV”), a Company 

incorporated in the US. FFV is highly acclaimed luxury wine business 

based in the Napa Valley, California, comprising two vineyards, a 

single winery, and a highly renowned tasting room and direct to 

consumer wine club model.

From time to time, Companies within the Group are party to various 

legal actions as well as inquiries from regulators and government 

There have been no changes to provisional values of the assets and 

bodies that have arisen in the normal course of business. The 

liabilities of FFV at the date of acquisition that were disclosed at 30 

Directors have given consideration to such matters which are or 

June 2022. The accounting for the acquisition is now final.

may be subject to claims or litigation at year end and are of the 

opinion that any liabilities arising over and above already provided 

Château Lanessan

in the financial statements from such action would not have a 

On 19 October 2022, the Group acquired a 78.6% stake in SAS 

material effect on the Group’s financial performance.

Domaines Bouteiller and Groupment Forestier des Landes de 

It is not practical to estimate the potential effect of these matters 

its production and vineyard assets in the Bordeaux region of France. 

Lanessan (collectively referred to as “Château Lanessan”), including 

however the Group believe that it is not probable that a significant 

liability will arise.

Class actions

Two Australian shareholder class actions have been commenced 

against TWE Limited. 

The cash consideration of $63.9 million ($55.8 million net of cash 

acquired) was funded by a combination of cash resources and 

utilising the Group’s cash and debt facilities.

From the date of acquisition, the revenue and profit before tax 

contributed by Château Lanessan from continuing operations to 

The first action was served on 2 April 2020 by Slater & Gordon (S&G) 

the Group is not material. Estimated F23 EBITS that would have been 

acting for Brett Stallard as trustee for the Stallard superannuation 

earned if the acquisition had occurred at the commencement of the 

fund. The second action was served on 1 May 2020 by Maurice 

financial year is not material. Transaction costs of $5.4 million were 

Blackburn (MB) acting for Steven Napier. The class in both 

expensed and are included in administration and other expenses.

proceedings comprise shareholders who purchased shares 

between 30 June 2018 and 28 January 2020. The two actions were 

consolidated into a single action on 15 October 2020. TWE filed its 

Defence on 25 February 2021. On 21 April 2023, the joint plaintiffs 

filed an Amended Consolidated Statement of Claim (ASOC). The 

proceedings allege that the Company breached its continuous 

disclosure obligations under the ASX Listing Rules and the 

Corporations Act and that it engaged in misleading or deceptive 

conduct in contravention of the Corporations Act and the ASIC Act.  

Regarding the claims, the Company strongly denies any and 

all allegations made against it and is vigorously defending the 

proceedings. Based on the information currently available, the 

Company does not know the quantum of the class action. 

No provision has been recognised at 30 June 2023 in respect  

of the claim.

130

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements: Other
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Note 35 – Business acquisitions (continued)

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Château Lanessan at the date of acquisition were:

Assets

Cash

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment 

Agricultural assets

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Deferred tax liability

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:

Consideration transferred

NCI, based on their proportionate interest in the recognised amounts of the assets and liabilities of 
Château Lanessan

Fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired

Goodwill

Analysis of cash flows on acquisition

Cash consideration paid

Net debt acquired as part of the acquisition

Net cash flow outflow on acquisition (included in cash flows from investing activities)

Value recognised on acquisition 

(provisional) $M

17.2

                  3.0

10.5

45.1

3.9

1.6

1.0

82.3

5.5

                9.1

8.4

23.0 

59.3

63.9

12.7

(59.3)

17.3

63.9

(8.1)

55.8

Note 36 – Subsequent events

Since the end of the financial year, the Directors approved a final 100% franked dividend of 17 cents per share. This dividend has not been 

recognised as a liability in the consolidated financial statements at 30 June 2023.

On 15 August 2023 the Group announced that Paul Rayner will retire from the Company’s Board as Chairman and independent  

Non-Executive Director effective from the conclusion of the Company’s Annual General Meeting, to be held on Monday 16 October 2023. The 

Board has appointed John Mullen as Chairman elect, to become Chairman subject to Mr Mullen’s election at the Annual General Meeting.

The Directors are not aware of any other matters or circumstances that have arisen since the end of the financial year which have significantly 

affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent 
financial years.   

131

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Directors’ declaration

For the year ended 30 June 2023

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of Treasury Wine 

Estates Limited, the Directors declare that:

(a)  In the Directors’ opinion, the financial statements and notes 

(c)  There are reasonable grounds to believe that members of the 

1 to 36 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 

Closed Group identified in note 28 will be able to meet any 

including:

liabilities to which they are or may become, subject because 

of the Deed of Cross Guarantee described in note 30.

(i)  complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations 

Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional 

(d)  Note 1 confirms that the financial statements also comply with 

reporting requirements; and

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 

(ii)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s 

International Accounting Standards Board.

financial position as at 30 June 2023 and of its 

performance for the financial year ended on that date.

(e)  The Directors have been given the declarations by the Chief 

Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as required by 

(b)  In the Directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to 

section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

believe that Treasury Wine Estates Limited will be able to pay 

its debts as and when they become due and payable. 

Paul Rayner

Chairman

15 August 2023 

Melbourne, Australia

Tim Ford

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

132

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent auditor’s 
report

133

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent auditor’s report

134

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent auditor’s report

135

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent auditor’s report

136

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent auditor’s report

137

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent auditor’s report

138

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023139

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Details of shareholders, shareholdings and top 20 shareholders

Details of shareholders and shareholdings
Holding of securities

Listed securities 12 July 2023

Fully paid ordinary shares

No. of holders

No. of shares

% held by Top 20

84,674

721,848,176

83.62

Size of holding

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

415,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 and over

Total

No. of holders

59,540

21,907

2,210

953

64

83,760

Total % held 

              3.20

6.41

2.15

2.86

85.39

100

As at 12 July 2023, the number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of $500 worth of shares, based on the closing market price on that date 

of $10.89 per share, is 2,106.

Twenty largest shareholders – 12 July 2023

Rank

Shareholder

No. of fully paid  

ordinary shares

% of fully paid  

ordinary shares

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

National Nominees Limited

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited - A/C2

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 

Merrill Lynch (Australia) Nominees Pty Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

Argo Investments Limited 

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd Hub24 Custodial Serv Ltd  


Buttonwood Nominees Pty Ltd

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited  


Mutual Trust Pty Ltd 

CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd 

Netwealth Investments Limited 

BNP Paribas Noms (NZ) Ltd 

NewEconomy Com Au Nominees Pty Limited <900 Account>

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Total

242,841,941

161,373,209

96,355,350

29,022,843

16,388,537

12,028,953

9,890,843

7,350,565

4,939,495

3,302,617

3,250,000

3,159,448

2,697,076

2,388,941

1,909,332

1,468,313

1,440,247

1,324,515

1,269,854

1,176,080

33.64

22.36

13.35

4.02

2.27

1.67

1.37

1.02

0.68

0.46

0.45

0.44

0.37

0.33

0.26

0.20

0.20

0.18

0.18

0.16

611,442,356

83.62

Substantial shareholders – 12 July 2023

The following shareholders have declared a relevant interest in the number of voting shares at the date of giving the notice under  

Part 6C.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Institution

Capital Group

BlackRock Group

State Street Corporation 

140

No. of fully paid  

ordinary shares

% of fully paid  

ordinary shares

61,037,277

45,713,004

43,951,109

8.5%

6.3%

6.1%

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Shareholder information

Annual General Meeting and Director nominations
The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held at 10:00am 

ADR Depositary and Transfer Agent

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 

on Monday, 16 October 2023 (AEDT). Full details will be contained in 

Louisville KY 40202 United States of America

the Company’s Notice of Meeting to be available on the Company’s 

website prior to the meeting. All Director nominations for election 

Postal address: PO Box 43006

at the 2023 Annual General Meeting are to be received in writing no 

Providence RI 02940 – 3078 United States of America

later than 5:00pm (AEST) on Monday, 28 August 2023:

By mail

Company Secretary

Treasury Wine Estates Limited

Level 8, 161 Collins Street

Melbourne, Victoria 3000

Australia 

By fax

+61 3 9690 5196

Voting rights
Shareholders are encouraged to participate in the Annual General 

Meeting, however, when this is not possible, shareholders may 

appoint a proxy to participate in the Annual General Meeting in their 

place.

Every shareholder participating in the Annual General Meeting 

personally or by proxy, attorney or representative has, on a poll, one 

vote for each fully paid share held.

Securities exchange listing
Treasury Wine Estates Limited shares are listed on the Australian 

Securities Exchange under the code ‘TWE’.

Treasury Wine Estates Limited ordinary shares are traded in the US in 

the form of American Depositary Receipts (ADR) issued by The Bank 

of New York Mellon as Depositary.

Share register and other enquiries
If you have any questions in relation to your shareholding, share 

transfers or dividends, please contact our share registry:

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 

Yarra Falls 452 Johnston Street

Abbotsford Victoria 3067 

Australia

Telephone: 1800 158 360 (Australia)

International: +61 3 9415 4208

Facsimile: +61 3 9473 2500

Website: investorcentre.com/contact

Please include your securityholder reference number (SRN) or holder 

identification number (HIN) in all correspondence to the share 

registry. 

For enquiries relating to the operations of the Company, please 

contact the Investor Relations team on:

Telephone: +61 3 8533 3000

Facsimile: +61 3 9685 8001 

Email: investors@tweglobal.com 

Website: tweglobal.com

Address: Level 8, 161 Collins Street Melbourne, 

Victoria 3000, Australia

Telephone: 1888 269 2377 

International: +1 201 680 6825

Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com 

Website: www-us.computershare.com/investor

Electronic communications
The Company has an online share registry facility where 

shareholders can:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

check their current and previous holding balances;

update their address details;

update their bank details;

review their dividend history;

confirm whether they have lodged a TFN/ABN exemption;

elect to receive communications and Company information 

electronically and change Annual Report elections; and

download commonly used forms.

To access the online share registry, log on to weglobal.com, go to the 

Shareholder Information section located under the Investors menu 

and click the ‘online share registry’ icon. For security and privacy 

reasons, shareholders will be required to verify their identity before 

they can view their records.

Tax file numbers, Australian business numbers or 
exemptions
Australian taxpayers who do not provide details of their tax file 

number will have any unfranked portions of dividends subjected to 

the top marginal personal tax rate plus Medicare levy (if applicable). 

It may be in the interests of shareholders to ensure that tax file 

numbers have been supplied to the share registry. Shareholders 

may request a form from the share registry or submit their details via 

the online share registry.

Change of address
It is important for shareholders to notify the share registry

of any change of address. As a security measure, the previous 

address should also be quoted as well as your securityholder 

reference number (SRN). Shareholders may access the online share 

registry to submit their details or download a personalised change of 

address form.

Shareholder wine offer
Shareholders in Australia and the US have the opportunity to 

purchase the Company’s wines through Cellardoor.co and 

TheWineShop.com, respectively.

Cellardoor.co is an exclusive members-only online wine community 

for shareholders and family and friends of Treasury Wine Estates. 

As proud custodians of awarded and recognised wineries, we invite 

Australian shareholders to join Cellardoor.co and establish a direct 

connection to our iconic vineyards. By joining Cellardoor.co you will 

have 24/7 access to an exceptional range of wines from Treasury 

Wine Estates’ award winning wineries at exclusive prices. 

141

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Shareholder information

TheWineShop.com is Treasury Wine Estates’ multi-branded US 

shopping experience that highlights historic and recognised wineries 

in Napa. TheWineShop.com will continue to evolve and offer more 

and more offerings as time goes on.  TheWineShop ships to most 

states.  As a TWE shareholder, we invite you to save 30% off any 

purchase you make by using the promo code TWESHARE  

at checkout.

Australian shareholders

To become a Cellardoor.co member:

Go to invite.cellardoor.co/twe-shareholder1 

and enter Access Code 89374 to register.

US shareholders

Visit: thewineshop.com

Treasury Wine Estates Limited
ABN 24 004 373 862

Company Secretary
Christine Harman BA LLB (Hons), MBA

Registered office
Level 8, 161 Collins Street

Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8533 3000

142

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes

143

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes

144

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes

145

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes

146

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023Overlooking Kanuka Vineyard to Wairau Valley, Marlborough, New Zealand  
Photo by Grant Udy, Water Treatment Supervisor. 

147

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2023tweglobal.com